Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Apparel - Footwear & Accessories / Caleres, Inc. / FY2019 Annual Report

Caleres, Inc.
Annual Report 2019

CAL · NYSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker CAL
Exchange NYSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Apparel - Footwear & Accessories
Employees 4800
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Caleres, Inc.
Loading PDF…
Annual Report and Accounts 
for the year ended 30 December 2019

C
a
p
i
t
a
l

&
R
e
g
o
n
a
l

i

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a

l

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

f
o
r

t
h
e
y
e
a
r
e
n
d
e
d
3
0
D
e
c
e
m
b
e
r
2
0
1
9

S
t
o
c
k
C
o
d
e

:

C
A
L

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   3

27188 

27188 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:49:06

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital & Regional is a UK-focused retail property 
REIT specialising in community shopping centres 
that provide needs based, non-discretionary and 
value-orientated retail goods and services. Our 
centres are tailored to the needs and aspirations 
of each centre’s local community and form a 
critical part of the local infrastructure.

Capital & Regional has a strong track record of 
delivering value enhancing retail and leisure asset 
management opportunities across its portfolio of 
tailored in-town community shopping centres.  Capital 
& Regional is listed on the main market of the London 
Stock Exchange and has a secondary listing on the 
Johannesburg Stock Exchange.

Capital & Regional owns seven shopping centres in 
Blackburn, Hemel Hempstead, Ilford, Luton, Maidstone, 
Walthamstow and Wood Green. Capital & Regional 
manages these assets through its in-house expert 
property and asset management platform. 

For further information see  
www.capreg.com.

OUR VALUES 

INSPIRING  
CREATIVE  
THINKING

ENCOURAGING 
COLLABORATIVE 
ENGAGEMENT

ACTING  
WITH  
INTEGRITY

DELIVERING  
DYNAMIC  
SOLUTIONS

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   3

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:49:07

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comINSPIRING  

CREATIVE  

THINKING

ENCOURAGING 

COLLABORATIVE 

ENGAGEMENT

ACTING  

WITH  

INTEGRITY

DELIVERING  

DYNAMIC  

SOLUTIONS

Highlights

NET RENTAL INCOME

£49.3m -5.0%
2019

£49.3m

2018

£51.9m

ADJUSTED PROFIT1 

£27.4m -10.2%

2019

2018

£27.4m

£30.5m

ADJUSTED EARNINGS PER 
SHARE1, 2

IFRS LOSS FOR THE  
PERIOD

36.7p -13.2%

2019

2018

36.7p

42.3p

-£121m

0

30

60

90

120

150

£(121.0)m

£(25.6)m

2019

2018

TOTAL DIVIDEND  
PER SHARE2 

NET ASSET VALUE  
(NAV) PER SHARE2

21p -13.2%

0

5

10

2019

2018

15

20

25

21p

24.2p

361p -39.4%

0

100

200

300

2019

2018

400

500

600

361p

596p

EPRA NAV PER SHARE2 

GROUP NET DEBT

364p -38.4%

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

£336.9m -18.0%

0

100

200

300

400

500

2019

2018

364p

591p

2019

2018

£336.9m

£411.1m

NET DEBT TO  
PROPERTY VALUE

46% -2pps

2019

2018

46%

48%

Notes
1 Adjusted Profit and Adjusted Earnings per share are as 
defined in the Glossary. Adjusted Profit incorporates 

profits from operating activities and excludes 

revaluation of properties and financial instruments, 

gains or losses on disposal, exceptional items and 

other defined terms. A reconciliation to the equivalent 

EPRA and statutory measures is provided in Note 9 to 

the financial statements.  

2 Per share amounts are adjusted to reflect the impact of 
the 10 for 1 share consolidation that completed on  

15 January 2020.  

GROWTHPOINT TRANSACTION
In September 2019, the Company announced that it was in discussions with Growthpoint 
Properties Limited (“Growthpoint”), the largest real estate investment trust primary listed 
on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange, to make a substantial investment in the Company.  
A formal offer to acquire a majority stake was confirmed in October 2019 and approved by 
shareholders at a General Meeting on 26 November 2019.

Following this, 311,451,258 new Capital & Regional shares were issued to Growthpoint 
at 25 pence per share on 9 December 2019 resulting in gross proceeds of approximately 
£77.9 million being received by the Company.  On 23 December 2019 Growthpoint 
completed a partial offer to acquire a further 219,786,924 existing Capital & Regional 
plc shares at 33 pence per share for approximately £72.5 million resulting in a total 
investment of £150.4 million.  The two transactions combined have resulted in 
Growthpoint holding 51.1% of the issued share capital of the Company.

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   1

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

CONTENTS

STRATEGIC REPORT

Our Portfolio 
Chairman’s Statement 
The Market Backdrop 
Our Strategy 
Our Business Model 
Key Performance Indicators 
Chief Executive’s Statement 
Operating Review 
Financial Review 
Managing Risk 
Responsible Business 

GOVERNANCE

04
06
09
10
12
16
18
20
23
27
36

Directors 
Senior Leadership Team 
Corporate Governance Report 
Audit Committee Report 
Directors’ Remuneration Report 

42
43
44
52
54
56
63
Directors’ Report 
72
Directors’ Responsibilities Statement  76
Independent Auditor’s Report 
77

Policy 
2019 Remuneration Report 

FINANCIALS

86

86
87

88
89
90
122
123

Consolidated Income Statement 
Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income 
Consolidated Balance Sheet 
Consolidated Statement of 
Changes in Equity 
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
Company Balance Sheet 
Statement of Changes in Equity 
Notes to the Company’s Financial 
Statements 
Glossary of Terms 
Five Year Review (Unaudited) 
Covenant Information (Unaudited) 
Wholly-Owned Assets Portfolio  
Information (Unaudited) 
EPRA Performance Measures  
(Unaudited) 
133
Advisers and Corporate Information  134

124
128
130
131

132

For further information see 
CAPREG.COM

01

06/05/2020   10:49:10

STRATEGIC REPORTAnnual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CAL 
  
  
 
 
At a glance

We invest, manage and enhance retail property through the creation of dynamic 
environments tailored to the local communities.

As a specialist owner and manager of shopping centres, we invest in the retail assets across our portfolio to unlock their full value.  
We focus on delivering cost effective, efficiently run centres that meet the needs of our guests and customers and create shareholder 
value through income growth.

Our investment case 

1

2

EXPERIENCED 
MANAGEMENT 

DIVERSIFIED 
INCOME STREAMS 

3

DOMINANT 
COMMUNITY 
LOCATIONS

4

RESEARCH DRIVEN 
UNDERSTANDING 
OF COMMUNITY 
NEEDS

→   Read more in our Business Model on pages 12 and 13

Community strategy
We define and lead Community Shopping, through our passionate creation of 
vibrant retail spaces and exceptional customer and guest experience

High Street 
 „ Hemel Hempstead
 „ Wood Green 

Hotel
 „ Luton
 „ Wood Green 

Casual Dining 
 „ Hemel Hempstead
 „ Walthamstow
 „ Wood Green 

Family & Guest Services
 „ Blackburn
 „ Luton
 „ Hemel Hempstead
 „ Ilford
 „ Maidstone
 „ Walthamstow
 „ Wood Green 

Office
 „ Luton
 „ Maidstone

02

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   2

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:49:14

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcSTRATEGIC REPORTOur vision

Our strategy

We define and lead community shopping, through our passionate 
creation of vibrant retail spaces and exceptional customer and 
guest experience.  We have the opportunity to create dynamic 
community hubs providing a mix of uses, everyday services and 
facilities to satisfy our growing and evolving communities’ needs.

DEFINE
Community Shopping Centres
Define and own the Community shopping centre category in the 
UK, consistent with global best practice.  

WHAT WE PROVIDE 
We sit firmly in a position to serve our guest's essential and 
regular non-discretionary shopping needs.

OUR DIFFERENCE 
We’re proudly different from regional destination shopping 
centres.  We’re local and part of everyday life.  More than just 
places to shop, we operate hubs for the local community.

HOW OUR PARTNERS BENEFIT 
Frequent, repeat footfall and high conversion rates coupled with 
affordable occupier costs make our centres great for our occupier 
partners.  Community centres are the engine room of modern 
retail.

POSITION
Assets And Retail Mix
Actively remerchandise centres to increase exposure to growth 
and online resilient categories and differentiate from competition.  
Tailored to community requirements with focus on local, value, 
relevance, quality and total experience.

FOCUS
Management Team
Agile management, data driven, decentralised to accelerate 
decision making and delivery.

ENHANCE 
Shareholder Value 
Right offer driving footfall, dwell time and ultimately retailer sales, 
C&R income and shareholder returns.

Entertainment  
& Leisure 
 „ Luton
 „ Hemel Hempstead
 „ Ilford
 „ Wood Green 
 „ Walthamstow

Car Parks 
 „ Blackburn
 „ Luton
 „ Hemel Hempstead
 „ Ilford
 „ Maidstone
 „ Walthamstow
 „ Wood Green 

Everyday Retail
 „ Blackburn
 „ Luton
 „ Hemel Hempstead
 „ Ilford
 „ Maidstone
 „ Walthamstow
 „ Wood Green

Fresh Food & Grocery 
 „ Luton
 „ Hemel Hempstead
 „ Maidstone
 „ Walthamstow
 „ Wood Green 

Residential 
 „ Hemel Hempstead
 „ Walthamstow
 „ Wood Green 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   3

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

03

06/05/2020   10:49:16

STRATEGIC REPORTAnnual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALOur portfolio

1

7

Key

 Wholly owned assets

 Other interests

7

7

6

7

1

4

 The Mall, Luton

 „ Leasehold covered shopping centre, 
2

5

with over 65,000 sq ft of offices

3
 „ 900,000 sq ft 
 „ 165 lettable units
9

8

Principal occupiers: 
Primark, H&M, TK Maxx, Wilko,  
Luton Borough Council, Debenhams

6

7

4

2

5

 The Mall, Walthamstow

3

 „ Leasehold covered shopping centre  

and high street units

8

9

 „ 260,000 sq ft 
 „ 67 lettable units

Principal occupiers: 
TK Maxx, Sports Direct, Lidl, Asda,  
Boots, The Gym

7

1

9

1

 The Mall, Blackburn
7

 „ Leasehold covered  
shopping centre

1

7

 „ 600,000 sq ft 
 „ 122 lettable units

Principal occupiers: 
Primark, Debenhams, H&M, Next,  
Wilko, Pure Gym

6

7

4

2

3

5

8

4

7

 The Marlowes, Hemel Hempstead

5

9

6

7

2

1

 „ Freehold covered shopping centre  

3
and high street units

7

7

8
 „ 350,000 sq ft 
 „ 110 lettable units

9

Principal occupiers: 
Wilko, New Look, Sports Direct,  
Pure Gym

6

7

4

2

5

3

 The Mall, Wood Green

 „ Freehold covered shopping centre  

7

8

with high street units 

9

 „ 540,000 sq ft 
 „ 111 lettable units

Principal occupiers: 
Primark, Wilko, H&M, Boots,  
TK Maxx, Travelodge, Cineworld

04

8

9

4

2

3

5

6

9

7

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   4

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:49:21

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcSTRATEGIC REPORT1

7

1

7

7

6  The Exchange, Ilford
 „ Predominantly freehold covered 

4

shopping centre
5

2

 „ 300,000 sq ft 
3
 „ 79 lettable units
8
7
Principal occupiers: 
Debenhams, Next, H&M, TK Maxx

9

6

7

4

2

3

5

1

7

7

 The Mall, Maidstone

8

9

 „ Freehold covered shopping centre  
with over 40,000 sq ft of offices

 „ 500,000 sq ft 
 „ 110 lettable units

Principal occupiers: 
Boots, Sports Direct, Wilko, Next, Iceland, 
Maidstone Borough Council, TJ Hughes

6

7

4

2

3

5

8

1

7

7

1

9

8

9

4

2

3

5

6

9

7

6

7

4

2

3

5

8

7

 Kingfisher Shopping Centre, Redditch

9

 „ C&R owns 12% in JV and acts as Property  

& Asset Manager

 „ Freehold covered shopping centre 
 „ 900,000 sq ft and 174 lettable units

Principal occupiers: 
Vue Cinema, H&M, The Range, Primark,  
Next, Debenhams, TK Maxx

9

 Snozone Leisure Business

 „ 100% subsidiary
 „ Largest indoor ski slope operator  

in the UK

 „ Operating at Milton Keynes, Castleford 
and a dry indoor slope in Basingstoke

 „ In existence since 2000 and has taught 

over 2 million people to ski  
or snowboard

Key characteristics  
of our malls

HIGH FOOTFALL

AFFORDABLE RENTS

74.3m 

shopper visits per year

c. £15psf 

average rent

1.4m 

average weekly footfall

c. 12.6% 

occupancy cost ratio 

SCALE AND 
DOMINANCE OF 
RETAIL OFFER

LONDON AND 
SOUTH-EAST BIAS 

3.5m sqft 

total sqft of  
shopping centres 
combined

6/7 

of our wholly  
owned assets are  
in the South East

TOTAL NUMBER OF 
RETAIL UNITS   

762  

TOTAL NUMBER 
OF CAR PARKING 
SPACES

8,250

AVERAGE DWELL 
TIME  

ESTIMATED RETAIL 
CONVERSION RATE

66MINUTES

73%

DOMINANT 
LOCATIONS
in the heart of  
growing towns

EXTENSIVE ACCRETIVE 
ASSET MANAGEMENT 
OPPORTUNITIES
including leisure, 
residential and office

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   5

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

05

06/05/2020   10:49:23

STRATEGIC REPORTAnnual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALHUGH SCOTT-BARRETT
CHAIRMAN

“

The investment 
of £77.9 million 
by Growthpoint 
in December 
2019 represents a 
hugely important 
milestone for the 
Company.

“

Chairman’s Statement

The investment in Capital & Regional of £77.9 million 
by Growthpoint, which completed in December 2019, 
represents a hugely important milestone for the 
Company.

Not only does the investment enable 
the Company to reduce leverage but 
it also allows it to continue to invest in 
its shopping centres to enhance their 
relevance to the communities they 
serve. The investment was concluded 
on terms which sought to limit dilution 
for existing shareholders and the inter-
conditional partial offer for 30.2 per cent 
of the Company’s share capital provided 
shareholders with a liquidity event at 
a significant premium to the prevailing 
share price. The Board would like to 
thank existing shareholders for their 
support for the transaction and welcomes 
Growthpoint as the Company’s majority 
shareholder. 

In the short time since the release of the 
Group’s preliminary results, the outlook 
for the UK economy and for the retail 
sector in particular has been transformed 
by the onset of COVID-19 and the steps 
taken by the Government to limit the 
spread of the virus. I would like to pay 
a particular tribute to all who work for 
Capital & Regional for the way in which 
they have responded to ensure that our 
shopping centres remain open for our 
retail partners and for our guests to safely 
purchase essential foods and medicines. 
This has not been easy given the obvious 
concerns for their own welfare and that of 
their families.

Whilst the focus remains on operational 
resilience amidst the continuing lockdown, 
it would be premature to draw any 
definitive conclusions as to the longer 
term implications of COVID-19. However, 
it is quite possible that the structural 
shift in the retail landscape driven by the 
increased market share taken by online 
shopping will accelerate at a much faster 
pace than previously assumed. The 
polarisation between “needs” and “wants” 
focused shopping centres is set to be 
accentuated further.

Capital & Regional is well placed to 
capitalise on these profound changes 
through its focus on high footfall centres, 
characterised by affordable rents, that 
are anchored by ‘non-discretionary’ offers 
such as grocery, professional and personal 
services, including health and beauty and 
day to day services, which serve the daily 
“needs” of the underlying communities. 

It is increasingly clear that there remain 
significant opportunities for alternative use 
including medical centres, where we have 
received several unsolicited approaches, 
and residential development given the 
geographical bias of the portfolio to 
London and the South East

Despite the wider market pressures, the 
Group’s operational performance in 2019 
was relatively resilient with like-for-like 
footfall outperforming its benchmark by 
1.7 percentage points and occupancy up 
year-on-year to 97.2%.

As with the broader market, there has 
been continued pressure on the Group’s 
property valuations. The impact has been 
greater outside London with the Group’s 
London asset values proving to be more 
resilient, given their location and the 
strength of demand experienced at these 
locations. As at 30 December 2019 the 
Group’s property portfolio was valued at 
£727.1 million compared to £855.2 million 
as at 30 December 2018, representing 
a decline of 15.0%. In the same period, 
Group net debt has reduced by 18.1% 
from £411.1 million to £336.9 million, 
reflecting the Growthpoint investment.  
Group net debt to property value  
therefore fell from 48% as at December 
2018 (and 52% as at June 2019) to 46%  
as at December 2019.

The fall in property valuations has 
impacted statutory results for the year 
with an IFRS Loss for the year of £121.0 
million (Year to December 2018: Loss of 
£25.6 million).  

On an adjusted basis, which reflects the 
ongoing operating performance, the 
Company reported an Adjusted Profit  
for the year of £27.4 million, compared  
to £30.5 million in the year ended  
December 2018.

RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS
We are committed to running our business 
responsibly. It underpins the way we 
operate and is an integral part of who 
we are and what we do. Our aim is to be 
socially responsible so that C&R is not 
only a great place to work but it has a 
positive impact on our guests, retailer 
customers and the wider community, 
whilst minimising our environmental 
impact. Our Responsible Business strategy 

06 Capital & Regional plc

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   6

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:49:26

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comSTRATEGIC REPORTis underpinned by explicit targets and is 
focused on four key areas:

 „ The Marketplace:  Which is all about 
engagement with our local guests, 
customers, suppliers and stakeholders 
in order to better understand their 
needs and to identify ways of improving 
our collective responsible business 
performance. 

 „ Environmental sustainability: We 

are committed to continuing to reduce 
our impact on the environment in the 
areas of waste, water and energy to 
ensure that the local communities we 
serve are better places to be for all. 
We are already on the pathway to net 
zero carbon having reduced the energy 
intensity of our centres by 36% since 
2008, including a 6% fall in 2019.

 „ People: Our culture, who we are and 

how we work together are fundamental 
to delivering on our vision to define 
and lead community shopping, through 
our passionate creation of vibrant 
retail spaces and exceptional customer 
and guest experience. We can only 
achieve this with the support and 
active engagement of our colleagues 
who, once again, have gone the extra 
mile to deliver outstanding service, a 
commitment which was recognised by 
number of highly prized awards this 
year. 

 „ Community: We recognise our centres 
play a key role in the development of 
the communities and environments 
in which we operate. We seek to work 
closely with key stakeholders to ensure 
we listen, engage and use feedback 
to develop or refine our approach. 
We understand that the process of 
delivering change can have lasting 
effects on the towns in which we work 
and their communities. We strive 
for consensus. We are committed to 
an open dialogue with community 
interest groups to ensure that where 
this is not possible, we reach the best 
understanding and accommodation 
possible.

DIVIDEND AND DIVIDEND 
POLICY
The Company paid an Interim Dividend of 
1p per share (equivalent to 10p per share 
following the 10 for 1 share consolidation 
that completed in January 2020) in respect 
of the half year ended 30 June 2019 and 
was only payable on completion of the 
Growthpoint transaction. Growthpoint was 
not entitled to this dividend, which was 
paid on 27 December 2019. 

Following completion of the investment 
by Growthpoint, and as disclosed in the 
transaction’s prospectus, the Company 
intends to distribute on a semi-annual 
basis not less than approximately 90% of 
the Company’s EPRA earnings, which is in 
line with the requirements to distribute at 
least 90% of taxable profits under the UK 
REIT regime.

The Board is now proposing a final 
dividend of 11 pence, to be paid to all 
shareholders, resulting in a full year 
dividend equivalent to 21 pence per share, 
compared to an equivalent of 24.2 pence 
per share for 2018.

very pleased to report that David Hunter 
has accepted to join, initially as a Non-
Executive Director, and following the 
AGM, as Chair. David brings a wealth of 
experience in the property sector and a 
track record of successfully leading boards.

The Board strives to adhere to the highest 
standards of corporate governance in line 
with the requirements of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code. Mindful of the Code 
requirements regarding independence it is 
intended that two new independent Non-
Executive Directors are appointed during 
the course of this year, subject to the 
practical constraints imposed by COVID-19.

Capital & Regional started 2020 from a 
position of strength. Having closed the 
Growthpoint transaction, we are now 
fortunate to have a well-funded and 
highly respected international real estate 
business as a majority shareholder. The 
importance of this and the actions taken 
to recapitalise the balance sheet in 2019 
has been brought into sharper focus with 
recent developments. These put Capital 
& Regional in a much stronger position 
to weather the impact of COVID-19 and 
beyond that the continued roll out of 
its community, asset management and 
remerchandising strategy and provides 
us with a platform for future growth. 
Furthermore, Growthpoint shares our 
conviction that needs-based, non-
discretionary urban community retail 
continues to have an important part to 
play in the evolving retail landscape.

HUGH SCOTT-BARRETT 
CHAIRMAN

The Board has considered this dividend 
in the context of the uncertainty related 
to COVID-19. The Board has concluded 
in response to this to introduce a Scrip 
option which shareholders, representing 
at least 65% of the ordinary shares, and 
including Growthpoint, have agreed to 
take up.

The Board believe this approach to be the 
most beneficial course of action to take in 
the current circumstances, noting that it:

 „ Results in at least the majority of the 
proposed £11.4 million total dividend 
payment being preserved in cash within 
the business;

 „ Demonstrates a vote of confidence by 

the major shareholders in the prospects 
for the business;

 „ Maintains compliance in line with the 
Company’s REIT requirements; and

 „ Provides other shareholders with 
flexibility to take cash or the scrip 
alternative. 

BOARD
I am also delighted to welcome Norbert 
Sasse and George Muchanya to the 
Board. Norbert and George joined in 
December 2019 and are Growthpoint’s 
representatives on the Capital & 
Regional Board. I am sure we will benefit 
significantly from their deep knowledge 
of the property sector across the globe. At 
the same time Wessel Hamman stepped 
down from the Board. I would like to 
thank him for his valuable contribution 
over the last four years. Wessel has 
provided considered and thoughtful advice 
throughout this challenging period for 
the Company and his opinions are greatly 
respected by the Board as a whole. 

As foreshadowed last year, Tony Hales, 
as Senior Independent Director, has led 
a recruitment process to recruit a new 
Chair. As previously announced, I am 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   7

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

07

06/05/2020   10:49:26

STRATEGIC REPORTAnnual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALThe market backdrop

The continuing evolution of our assets in changing town centres

1

2

3

4

REMERCHANDISING 
TO COMMUNITY 
NEEDS

COMMUNITY 
COLLABORATION

EVOLVING ROLE 
OF THE STORE

DIVERSIFICATION  
OF USES

OMNI-CHANNEL EVOLUTION
Traditional retail has evolved from simple bricks and clicks 
to deeper and more co-ordinated cross-channel integration.  
Shoppers increasingly demand speed and optionality in 
how and where they purchase and expect limited friction 
in purchase and returns fulfilment. Omni-channel retailing, 
combining both physical and online, continues to grow and 
online retailers have responded by opening physical stores 
and pop-up shops.

Our response
Physical stores continue to provide a central role in the 
omni-channel retailing environment, providing a crucial 
intersection between products and people. 2019 saw yet 
more pureplay online retailers recognising the importance 
of the interface between physical and online, in many cases 
looking to establish or increase their physical presence.  Our 
community centres, in well connected, easily accessed town 
centre locations are ideally positioned to meet the modern 
consumers’ needs. The integrated provision of Collect+, 
Amazon Lockers and Guest Lounge services in our centres, 
enables our guests to shop online and pick up their goods 
when it is convenient for them, while also driving footfall 
to the centre. Our research shows that guests who use the 
service go on and spend further in our centres, supporting 
our retailers.

POLARISATION
The polarisation in retail between discretionary “wants” and 
non-discretionary everyday essential “needs” continues.  
Consumers differentiate their shopping trips accordingly, 
with retail destinations needing to align clearly to these 
distinct shopping trips.  

Our response
Our community centres provide a clearly defined focus 
in satisfying the everyday needs of our communities, in 
engaging and stimulating environments.  They cater to our 
guests’ need for accessibility, speed, ease of use, relevant 
retail and services, and provide the focal point for the local 
community.

Non-Retail

Variety Stores

Home & 
Gifts

Service (Pers.)

Services (Prof.)

Footwear

Health & Beauty

Department 
stores
Fashion & 
Footwear

Speciality Fashion

NEEDS

NEEDS:
Community shopping 
centres

Department Stores

Fashion

Casual Dining

Express Food

Leisure

Fresh Food

Supermarkets

Health & Beauty

Squeezed
middle

Squeezed
middle

WANTS:
Super regional
malls

WANTS

Variety Stores
Jewellery

Mobile and Consumer
                  Electronics

Home & Gifts

Variety Stores

Services (Prof.)

Services (Pers.)

Leisure

Casual Dining

Express Food

08

capreg.com

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   8

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:49:27

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

Capital & Regional plcSTRATEGIC REPORTThe continuing evolution of our assets in changing town centres

C&R Approach

Our dominant centres located in the heart of growing towns 
are ideally positioned to serve their communities. Town 
centres are rapidly evolving to meet the changing demands 
of their communities. With affordable rents and low capital 
values, our centres are uniquely placed to accretively evolve 
in step with our communities’ changing needs. 

RETAILER EVOLUTION
Online penetration is continuing to influence tenant mix 
with the impact felt most clearly by discretionary “wants” 
based retailers, whose store portfolios are rationalising, 
particularly across the fashion sector. Non-discretionary 
“needs-based” retailing remains more resilient to this 
change and in many cases physical floorspace is growing. 
Retailers at this end of the retail spectrum continue to 
predominantly fulfil their customers everyday needs directly 
from store, with limited online integration.  

Our response
Our convenient and strategically located community 
centres provide an essential platform in the fulfilment of 
these shoppers’ everyday needs.  Our focus remains on 
remerchandising and repositioning our centres to reflect 
the changing requirements our communities, guests and 
retailers have in relation to physical retail destinations.

RETAILER EVOLUTION

COMMUNITY FUNDAMENTALS
With growing trends in localism, our community assets 
provide wide-ranging opportunities to drive performance 
and growth.  Community centres represent the engine 
room for retailer profitability, with the mix of affordable 
occupancy costs, attractive productivity levels and high 
footfall driving profitability.

Our response
With rents averaging approximately £15 per sq ft, our 
centres offer flexibility to profitably remerchandise space, 
providing the opportunity in so doing to evolve and broaden 
our offer to our growing community populations.  We 
continue to engage with opportunities to unlock the latent 
value of our real estate and increase density through the 
addition of residential, hotel, offices, leisure and other uses 
that enhance our communities, broaden our income profile, 
and generate value for our shareholders. 

Uber
Centre

Major 
Mall

Regional 
Mall

Community 
Plus

Community

Neighbour-
hood

Functional

Department Stores

Fashion

Casual Dining

Express Food

Leisure

Supermarkets

Health & Beauty

Services - Professional

Services - Personal

Home & Gifts

Variety Stores

Non Retail

-1.0

0.0

1.0

Headline  rent in £m

C&R Change of use since 1 January 2017 

)
f
s
p
/
£
(

t
n
e
r
A
e
n
o
Z
e
n

i
l

d
a
e
H

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

Mall

Centre

Mall

Centre

Mall

Centre

Retail Park Outlet

Headline Zone A rent (£/psf)

SHOPSCORE sales productivity index

Source: Javelin Group/SHOPSCORE (2017)

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   9

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

09

06/05/2020   10:49:28

STRATEGIC REPORTAnnual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CAL 
 
 
 
Our strategy

DEFINE
Community shopping centres
Define and own the community 
shopping centre category in the UK, 
consistent with global best practice.

Overview
We define and assess our community 
shopping centre offer across three key 
aspects:

 „ Physical attributes – including the 

location, size and dominance of the 
centre and its accessibility in terms 
of local transport links and parking 
provision

 „ Products and services – including the 
retail mix, the provision of grocery, 
leisure and services offerings and the 
quality of facilities

 „ Differentiation – being the ways in 
which a centre stands out as more 
than just a retail destination including 
the strength of community links, 
how well tailored the offer is to 
the locality, how it contributes and 
measures on sustainability and in 
being a local employer of choice.

Progress
At the end of 2018, REVO committed 
to the investment reclassification of 
UK Shopping Centres to include the 
Community Shopping Centre.

Throughout 2019, we continued to 
encourage industry participants to 
embrace the Community Shopping 
Centre category. We are seeing 
increasing evidence of adoption as the 
industry increasingly recognises the 
differentiated role of the Community 
Shopping Centre.

Future focus
As the new terminology becomes more 
widely utilised, further refinement of the 
classification definitions will be required.  
Encouraging the industry to fully adopt 
and embed the new categorisations in 
the UK will be an ongoing process.  

In the US in 2019, shopping centre REITs 
have outperformed their regional mall 
peers suggesting that investors are 
increasingly differentiating between 
different sectors of the retail property 
market.

10

Highlights include:

 „ Completion of the family zone and 
the opening of Tinies crèche and 
Pure Gym in Hemel Hempstead.

 „ The leasing of part of the former 

BHS unit to Pure Gym and Matalan 
at Maidstone.

 „ Completion of the Arndale House 
office letting to Luton Borough 
Council.

 „ Significant refurbishment of the 

Tesco grocery offer in Luton as part 
of a long-term renewal.

 „ Development of in-depth 

concept and design plans for 
projects at Maidstone, Luton and 
Walthamstow.

 „ Continued investment to unlock 

opportunities such as residential, 
maximising the potential of our 
central locations.

Future focus
Given the uncertainty caused by 
COVID-19 we have put all non-
essential and non-committed Capital 
Expenditure projects on hold but 
maintain a pipeline of potential future 
projects including cinemas, leisure, 
offices, grab-and-go, amenities, 
family and ambiance, building on 
the successes and learnings of our 
investment to date.

POSITION
Assets and retail mix
Actively remerchandise centres 
to increase exposure to growth 
and online-resilient categories and 
differentiate from competition. 
Tailored to community requirements 
with focus on local, value, relevance, 
quality and total experience.

Overview
We believe retailers and communities 
are clear in their expectations for what 
they want to see from their Community 
Centres with a strong mix of everyday 
essentials including:

 „ Grocery, pharmacy and general 

merchandise;

 „ Catering options covering express 
food, great coffee and casual 
dining;

 „ Personal services including health, 
beauty, dry cleaners, shoe repairs; 
and

 „ Everyday value fashion, leisure and 
children’s wear – localised leisure.

All need to be tailored to the specific 
community’s needs and aspiration, 
and supported with exceptional centre 
services, for example parents’ parking, 
change facilities and kids’ play.  We are 
competing for our guests’ time against 
other physical destinations and online 
options so making the experience as 
convenient and pleasurable as possible 
is critical.  We believe when we get 
this proposition right, when it is highly 
relevant to the community, then we 
drive footfall and dwell time, which 
drives our retailer customers’ sales.

Progress
Throughout 2019, we have continued 
to proactively remerchandise to 
a needs-based, non-discretionary 
offer that is most relevant to our 
communities’ needs and most resilient 
to structural changes in retail.

In 2019 we invested £12 million in 
capex across our portfolio, helping to 
maintain leasing momentum, retain 
engagement with our core occupiers 
and help attract new occupiers and 
guests to our centres.  

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   10

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:49:28

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcSTRATEGIC REPORTFOCUS
Management team
We have refocused our business 
and resources with a revised 
management platform and 
operational structure that puts 
our centres at the heart of what 
we do, facilitating accelerated 
responsiveness and optimal decision 
making in the delivery and execution 
of our masterplan-led community 
strategy.

Overview
In 2019 we have worked to refine 
and strengthen the decentralised 
management platform introduced 
in 2018. Significant investments 
have also been made in systems 
and processes to improve efficiency 
and the use of research and data 
to inform investment, leasing and 
marketing decisions.

Increasing our use of technology 
and data will support our continued 
focus on driving operational 
performance across every part of 
the business.

Future focus
With the retail real estate investment 
class becoming more operational 
we will continue to invest further in 
strengthening the expertise of our 
in-house leasing and commercial 
income teams and the technology 
that supports our management 
platform.

ENHANCE
Shareholder value
The right offer drives footfall and 
dwell time, boosting retailer sales 
and ultimately letting tension, 
improving rental income, property 
values and consequently C&R 
revenue and shareholder returns.

Objectives
2019 has been a challenging year 
for the shopping centre industry, 
with significant pressure on property 
valuations and revenue. Through 
our focused community strategy 
our performance has been relatively 
resilient, with footfall outperforming 
the national index and occupancy 
remaining stable.  

The transaction with Growthpoint, 
completed in the second half of 
the year, provided shareholders 
with partial liquidity at a significant 
premium to share price and 
materially improved leverage and 
the balance sheet position.

Future focus
Continued investment in people and 
resources is critical to the delivery 
of our community shopping centre 
strategy and associated income 
growth and resilience. This will 
position C&R well to proactively 
respond as markets stabilise.   

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   11

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

11

06/05/2020   10:49:30

IncomeSalesFootfall & dwellRelevancePropositionSTRATEGIC REPORTAnnual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALOur business model

Our core strength is enhancing through 
repositioning, managing and acquiring 
community shopping centres.   

With our expert team, our strong retailer relationships and our 
extensive community connections, we seek to generate and grow 
sustainable income and drive capital value growth by combining 
active asset management with operational excellence. Our 
approach is summarised below.

2019 continued to see subdued investment market activity, 
with transaction volumes at record lows.  Valuations declined 

throughout the year with capital values per sq ft at levels that 
increasing support accretive repositioning opportunities across 
a widening range of uses. This has particularly been the case in 
London and the South East where our portfolio is most heavily 
weighted.  Our focus has therefore remained on repositioning and 
remerchandising our existing portfolio. As the cyclical pressures 
abate, coupled with an understanding of the continued critical role 
that physical stores have in the sale and distribution of goods and 
services, our assets and management expertise will afford C&R an 
exciting opportunity as a potential consolidator of UK community 
and mixed use retail assets in the UK.

Key  
resources 

Key  
activities 

1

2

IDENTIFY ASSETS
Assets that typically meet our 
potential investment criteria are 
those that are underperforming in 
their catchment but have significant 
asset management opportunities.  
Wherever possible we will leverage 
our deep industry relationships to 
secure off-market transactions.

EXPERIENCED AND  
AGILE MANAGEMENT

STRONG CAPITAL 
STRUCTURE

RESEARCH DRIVEN 
UNDERSTANDING OF 
COMMUNITY NEEDS 

DIVERSIFIED INCOME 
STREAMS 

REPOSITION AND  
REMERCHANDISE
Our approach to managing centres is 
summarised as follows:

 „ Understand full catchment potential 
– research/benchmarking, input 
from Centre teams, engagement 
with retailer customers and local 
communities

 „ Assess product offering against 
local community needs and 
expectations – identify any gaps in 
offer or amenities

 „ Establish strategic asset 

masterplans – comprehensive 
three to five year repositioning 
plans for each centre profiling 
capital expenditure and evolution 
of tenant mix. Masterplans 
continually reviewed to ensure 
ongoing relevance and that 
assets continue to meet guests’ 
expectations as they evolve 
over time

 „ Execution – engage specialist 
teams to ensure accelerated 
delivery with focus on optimal 
performance

 „ Review and refine – post 

implementation reviews to inform 
future decision making, respond 
quickly to changes.

→   Read more about our remerchandising 

strategy on page 10

12

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   12

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:49:31

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcSTRATEGIC REPORTOur values 

INSPIRING 
CREATIVE 
THINKING

ENCOURAGING 
COLLABORATIVE 
ENGAGEMENT

ACTING  
WITH 
INTEGRITY

DELIVERING 
DYNAMIC 
SOLUTIONS

3

THE RESULT
 „ Attractive retail and leisure 

environments

 „ Improved guest experience
 „ Increased footfall and spend

These results drive retailer sales, 
letting tension, income and capital 
value growth.

Each asset is held in order to 
generate sustainable income 
growth. When asset masterplans 
have been successfully executed 
and future returns are expected to 
become less accretive we actively 
seek opportunities to recycle capital 
to allow us to reinvest into assets 
with greater growth potential.

Stakeholder 
value

OUR SHAREHOLDERS
 „ Long-term sustainable growth

OUR PEOPLE 
 „ A dynamic and positive work 
environment with continued 
training and development 
opportunities

OUR CUSTOMERS  
& RETAILERS
 „ Frequent, repeat footfall and high 
conversion rates coupled with 
affordable occupier costs

 „ Driving high levels of footfall; 

ultimately driving retailer sales, 
letting tension, and income 
capital value growth 

OUR COMMUNITIES 
 „ The creation of vibrant 

community hubs combining key 
services, everyday essentials and 
leisure facilities. 

 „ Supporting local  
employment.

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   13

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

13

06/05/2020   10:49:32

STRATEGIC REPORTAnnual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALRemerchandising progress

Continued progress to diversify income and align to community needs

HEMEL HEMPSTEAD

LUTON

MAIDSTONE

DELIVERED

DELIVERED

Offer: Family services

Offer: Grocery

IN PROGRESS

Offer: Gym

Action:
 „ Creation of a new shopper 

crèche, opened October 2019

Asset/Community Impacts: 
 „ Enhances family offer for our key 

community group

 „ Encourages dwell time and 

footfall.

Offer: Gym

Action:
 „ Converted vacant first floor to 

14,000 sq ft Pure Gym 

Asset/Community Impacts: 
 „ New and diversified use and 

income stream 

 „ Enhances town centre leisure 
provisions - footfall driver

 „ Highly accretive remerchandising 

of off-pitch location.

Action:
 „ Delivered eight-year lease 

renewal and full refit for Tesco

 „ Store re-opened December 2019

Asset/Community Impacts: 
 „ Enhances food store offer – a key 

community asset

 „ Secures long-term material 
income stream from quality 
covenant.

IN PROGRESS

Offer: Offices

Action:
 „ Refurbishment and letting of 
13,000 sq ft office to the local 
authority

Asset/Community Impacts: 
 „ Increased income diversity and 

use

 „ Brings worker footfall directly to 

centre

 „ Significant income quantum

Action:
 „ Converting the top floor of the 
previous BHS to a 14,000 sq ft 
Pure Gym   

Asset/Community Impacts: 
 „ New and diversified use and 

income stream 

 „ Enhances town centre leisure 
provisions - footfall driver

 „ Highly accretive remerchandising 

of off-pitch location.

Offer: Everyday Apparel

Action:
 „ Converting the lower level of the 
previous BHS to a 23,000 sq ft 
Matalan 

Asset/Community Impacts: 
 „ Enhances the needs-based staple 

apparel offer

 „ Enhances family offer for our key 

community groups.

14

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   14

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:49:34

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcSTRATEGIC REPORTWalthamstow 
Fire Response

On 22 July 2019 a fire 
led to the closure of The 
Mall, Walthamstow.  The 
Mall is at the heart of the 
Walthamstow community 
and the fire not only 
affected the mall team 
and retailers but also the 
surrounding businesses, 
customers and our local 
community. 

PARTNERING WITH 
retailTRUST 
On the evening of the fire we knew we 
were dealing with a major incident and the 
impact on our retailer customers would be 
significant. As a business we are members 
of retailTRUST and so we reached out to 
them asking for their support. RetailTRUST 
arranged for trauma specialists to be on 
site to deliver critical incident support, 
counselling and emotional assistance.  A 
fund was set up by the trust to support 
employees who have been financially 
affected by the fire, with retailTRUST 
donating £25,000 to this fund. This pledge 
was matched by C&R and Waltham Forest 
Council kindly donated a further £10,000.  
Members of the local community also 
reached out and we were flooded with 
offers of help and donations to help those 
local employees financially impacted by 

the fire. In total almost £61,000 was raised.  
The fund has assisted several independent 
businesses along with over 20 local 
families whose parents worked in the mall 
and required financial support. The fund 
will continue to support those individuals 
who still require assistance until The Mall 
is fully reopen.

in our key messaging in and around the 
centre. In early September 2019, we held 
a re-opening party and invited the local 
community to celebrate the return of 
their shopping centre with free parking, 
entertainment and gifts to thank everyone 
for their support during the re-build stage 
and the phased re-opening.

REBUILD
The first retailers re-opened less than a 
week after the fire and just under 85% of 
the units in the centre had re-opened prior 
to the COVID-19 restrictions taking effect.  
Reconstruction plans are now in place for 
the remaining units and, subject to the 
impact of current restrictions, we hope to 
re-open these units in the course of 2020.

The Food Court was one of the areas 
that sustained significant damage. We 
have taken the decision to use this as 
an opportunity to design and deliver a 
unique and modern food and beverage 
offer, which is accessible and inclusive; 
tailored to the needs of the Walthamstow 
community and providing opportunities 
for local and independent operators.  

REINSTATEMENT OF CRITICAL 
SERVICES
The Mall provides a number of critical 
services to the community. The Mall is 
home to two pharmacies, which could 
not open due to the impact of the fire. 
Both provide critical care to a large 
section of the community and it was 
vital we explored temporary solutions 
to reinstate these essential services as a 
matter of urgency. Working in partnership 
with Walthamstow Forest Council we 
were able to identify space on the Town 
Square where within seven days pop-up 
pods were installed for both Boots and 
Superdrug. 

COMMUNITY CAMPAIGN 
While The Mall was closed, and throughout 
the phased re-opening and rebuild, 
we wanted to ensure we had strong 
and consistent messaging, to keep the 
local community informed of every key 
milestone achieved. Our campaign covered 
online, print and physical messaging. As 
part of our engagement we asked the 
community to let us know what The Mall 
meant to them and used these comments 

Stock Code: CAL

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019

15

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   15

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:49:35

STRATEGIC REPORTKey performance indicators

FINANCIAL

1. ADJUSTED PROFIT1

£27.4m

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

2. ADJUSTED PROFIT PER SHARE1,2 

36.7p

£27.4m

£30.5m

£29.1m

£26.8m

£24.0m

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

36.7p

42.3p

41.0p

38.2p

34.2p

Why we use this as an indicator
Adjusted Profit seeks to track the recurring profits of the business 
which is the key driver for dividend payments.

How this links to our strategy
We target delivering a strong and sustainable income return.

Progress during the year
A decrease of 10.2% in Adjusted Profit reflected a fall in Net Rental 
Income driven by the impact of CVAs and administrations.

Why we use this as an indicator
Adjusted Profit seeks to track the recurring profits of the business 
which is the key driver for dividend payments.

How this links to our strategy
We target delivering a strong and sustainable income return.

Progress during the year
A decrease of 13.2% on a per share basis reflected a fall in Net 
Rental Income driven by the impact of CVAs and administrations.

Link to strategy
Enhance

Link to risks
2    9

Link to strategy
Enhance

Link to risks
2    9

4. DIVIDEND PER SHARE2 

5. EPRA NET ASSETS PER SHARE2 

21.0p

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

364P

21.0p

24.2p

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

36.4p

33.9p

31.2p

364p

596p

666p

677p

706p

Why we use this as an indicator
This is the cash return to be delivered to investors in respect of 
the year under review.

Why we use this as an indicator
This is a measure of the movement in the underlying value of 
assets and liabilities underpinning the value of a share.

How this links to our strategy
Dividends are a key element of shareholder returns.  We aim to 
preserve a strong income return to shareholders and meet our 
requirements under the REIT regime balanced with managing cash 
within the business to fund investment in capital expenditure and 
mitigate the impact on leverage.

Progress during the year
The Board is recommending a final dividend of 11 pence per share 
taking the full year dividend to 21 pence per share.  

How this links to our strategy
We aim to maximise the value of our assets.  Our Capital 
expenditure investment programme is planned to deliver a capital 
return over and above the income enhancement.

Progress during the year
EPRA NAV fell by 232p due to revaluation loss net of capital 
expenditure. 

The Board has adopted a policy of distributing on a semi-annual basis 
not less than approximately 90% of the Company’s EPRA earnings.

Link to strategy
Position

Link to risks
1    2

Link to strategy
Enhance

Link to risks
2    4    9

16

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   16

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:49:36

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcSTRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL

Notes

1  Adjusted Profit and Adjusted Earnings per share are as defined in the Glossary. Adjusted Profit incorporates profits from operating activities 
and excludes revaluation of properties and financial instruments, gains or losses on disposal, exceptional items and other defined terms. A 
reconciliation to the equivalent EPRA and statutory measures is provided in Note 9 to the financial statements.  

2 Per share amounts are adjusted to reflect the impact of the 10 for 1 share consolidation that completed on 15 January 2020.  

3  Like-for-like figures exclude Walthamstow from Week 29 of 2019 due to the impact of the fire.

3. NET DEBT TO PROPERTY VALUE

7. FOOTFALL3 

NON-FINANCIAL

46%

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

C&R -3.2% vs Index -4.9%

-5

-4

-3

-2

-1

0

1

2

46%

48%

46%

46%

45%

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

C&R
Index
C&R
Index

C&R
Index

C&R
Index

C&R
Index

1.2%

-3.2%
-4.9%

-3.5%

0.1%

-2.8%
-0.2%
-2.1%

-0.4%
-1.7%

Why we use this as an indicator
We aim to manage our balance sheet effectively with the 
appropriate level of gearing.

How this links to our strategy
Having the appropriate level of gearing is important to effectively 
manage our business through the property cycle.  We are 
targeting a range of 35%-45% in the medium term.

Progress during the year
Net debt to property value decreased to 46% as the fall in 
property valuations was offset by the proceeds of the Growthpoint 
transaction.

Link to strategy
Enhance

Link to risks
1    2    3  

Why we use this as an indicator
Footfall is an important measure of a centre’s popularity with 
customers. Occupiers use this measure as a key part of their 
decision-making process.

How this links to our strategy
Footfall performance provides an indication of the relevance and 
attractiveness of our centres, influencing occupier demand and 
future letting performance.

Progress during the year
Footfall at the Group’s UK shopping centres fell in absolute 
terms but outperformed the national ShopperTrak index by 
1.7 percentage points. 

Link to strategy
Position, Define

Link to risks
2    9   

6. NET RENTAL INCOME 

£49.3m

0

10

20

30

40

50

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

8. OCCUPANCY 

97.2%

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

60
£49.3m

£51.9m

£51.6m

£50.4m

£49.3m

97.2%

97.0%

97.3%

95.4%

96.7%

Why we use this as an indicator
This is the key driver of Adjusted Profit.

How this links to our strategy
Net Rental Income is the most critical component of our Adjusted 
Profit and the source for maintaining a strong and sustainable 
income return.

Why we use this as an indicator
We aim to optimise the occupancy of our centres as attracting 
and retaining the right mix of occupiers will enhance the trading 
environment.

How this links to our strategy
Occupancy has a direct impact on the profitability of our schemes 
and also influences footfall and occupier demand.

Progress during the year
Net Rental Income fell by £2.6 million reflecting the £3.0 million 
impact of CVAs and administrations.

Progress during the year
Strong letting activity during the year resulted in occupancy rates 
increasing to 97.2%.

Link to strategy
Position, Focus

Link to risks
2    6    9  

Link to strategy
Position, Define

Link to risks
5    2    9  

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   17

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

17

06/05/2020   10:49:37

STRATEGIC REPORTAnnual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALLAWRENCE HUTCHINGS
CHIEF EXECUTIVE

“

2019 was 
a year of 
significant 
progress in 
delivering our 
Community 
Centres 
strategy

“

Chief Executive’s Statement

2019 was a year of significant progress in delivering our 
Community Centres strategy and placing our balance 
sheet in a robust position to counter the headwinds 
derived from a combination of economic uncertainty and 
the ongoing structural changes taking place in retailing.

The transaction with Growthpoint is 
transformational on several levels 
and we are proud that Growthpoint’s 
extensive due diligence on the Company, 
its assets, strategy and management 
platform led them to the decision to invest 
approximately £150 million to acquire a 
51.1% stake. This was achieved through a 
combined placement and a partial offer 
to existing shareholders at a significant 
premium to the undisturbed share price. 
We look forward to working more closely 
with Growthpoint, benefiting from its 
team’s deep understanding of real estate 
as an operational asset class, and seeking 
to replicate the success they have seen in 
similar investments outside their domestic 
market of South Africa.

2020 has been dominated by the COVID-19 
pandemic.  This is first and foremost a 
human crisis, but the responses needing 
to be undertaken to mitigate the spread 
of the virus are also having a serious 
economic impact.

It is too early to fully measure the effect 
on our business, but I echo the Chairman’s 
sentiments that one impact is likely to be 
a further acceleration of the structural 
changes that have been ongoing within 
the retail sector over recent years.  While 
there are likely to be impacts on rental 
income and asset valuations, as we seek to 
support our smaller independent retailers, 
I believe Capital & Regional is ultimately 
well positioned to respond to these and 
emerge stronger in time.

The other aspect which has been 
reinforced in the past few weeks is the 
importance of specialised, experienced 
management and I am full of admiration 
for how our team have responded to 
the challenges of the COVID-19 crisis.  
Responding to government guidelines 
has at times involved closing parts of our 
centres, with only hours’ notice, while also 
maintaining access to the essential uses 
we have located in our centres.  All of our 
team members have worked tirelessly and 
selflessly to achieve this, ensuring security 
is enhanced to manage social distancing 
and the environments are maintained to 
the highest standards possible.   

Our thoughts and prayers go out to all 
those directly impacted by COVID-19 
and to our team members who continue 
operating at our front line.

2019
Operationally we made significant 
progress in 2019 on the three pillars  
of our strategy, whereby we aim to:

1.  Define community centres in the UK 
to a definition closer to that of other 
developed global real estate markets. 

2.  Position our centres into the 

community centre format through 
remerchandising our tenant roster 
more toward those who offer non-
discretionary or needs-based goods 
and services.

3.  Structure and refocus on our teams 

towards a more efficient decentralised 
structure that allows us to improve 
data capture across the business, 
converting this insight to drive faster 
and better-informed decision making 
and activity. 

We believe by focusing on these key areas 
we will be able to deliver strong relative 
returns.

During 2019 we delivered 66 new lettings 
and renewals totalling £4.5 million in 
annual rent and covering approximately 
280,000 sq ft of leased space. Activity 
was focused on operators in the key 
community centre merchandise categories 
including; personal services, grocery, 
express food, gyms and other needs-based 
retailers and service providers. These 
transactions resulted in a positive spread 
to both previous passing rents and ERV 
assisting us in offsetting the impact of 
retailer restructuring including CVAs. 

We are investing in evolving our processes, 
teams, systems and infrastructure to 
accommodate a growing proportion 
of smaller, independent retailers while 
reducing our exposure to retail concepts 
that continue to lose relevance. We are 
also acutely focused on tailoring our assets 
to the specific and individual needs of their 
local communities.

18 Capital & Regional plc

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   18

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:49:39

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comSTRATEGIC REPORTWhile the balance sheet pressures driven 
by lower valuations and income reductions 
from retailer restructuring prompted us 
to slow our capex spending during the 
year to £12 million in 2019 (from £18.5 
million in 2018) we have continued to 
progress and maintain our accretive 
capex pipeline which refreshes our offer 
and enables continued leasing progress, 
and income performance in future years. 
During the year, we undertook over 20 
targeted projects across the portfolio, 
prioritising those which can most quickly 
make a positive impact while laying the 
foundations for further improvements. 
In 2019, the most prominent of these 
were the introduction of a gym and family 
area at Hemel Hempstead, the latter 
incorporating a Tinies crèche facility for 
shoppers, the first such roll out at a UK 
shopping centre. 

We continue to strive to be the centre of 
the communities we serve and during the 
year we undertook some 165 community 
projects in and around our seven centres. 
These included ‘Purple Tuesday’ across 
all centres, Luton YMCA Bedfordshire’s 
‘SleepEasy’, hosting Walthamstow Forest 
Borough of Culture events and, in Wood 
Green, supporting the Godwin Lawson 
Foundation, to name but a few. There are 
rare occasions where we are compelled 
to take action where we have cause to 
question the direction of a town centre 
masterplan or the merits of a competing 
retail project that we believe stands to 
harm the fabric of the town centre. We do 
this as we believe the vibrancy, vitality and 
prosperity of a town centre is critical to our 
communities.

In July 2019 there was a major fire at 
our shopping centre in Walthamstow. 
While the damage in certain areas of the 
scheme has been significant, critically no 
one was seriously hurt thanks in no small 
part to the quick and professional work 
of the emergency services, to whom we 
are extremely grateful. The first retailers 
re-opened less than a week after the fire 

and just under 85% of the units in the 
centre were open and trading prior to the 
government COVID-19 restrictions taking 
effect. Reconstruction plans are now in 
place for the remaining units which we 
hope to open, subject to the impact of 
current restrictions, within the course 
of 2020. We are insured for both loss 
of income and the cost of rebuilding. I 
would like to thank the centre team and 
colleagues from the support office for their 
exceptional commitment and hard work 
during what has been a traumatic time. In 
addition, I would also like to express our 
gratitude to The retailTRUST, who helped 
support retailer staff placed in a position 
of hardship from the stores being closed, 
and Walthamstow Council for providing 
temporary offices for our centre team 
and their absolute commitment to assist 
us in maintaining critical services such as 
accessing medical prescriptions from our 
pharmacy tenants. 

Our commitment to improving our 
environmental impact in our communities 
continues with a total of 3,396 tonnes 
of waste recycled during the year and a 
reduction in carbon emissions of 15%. This 
is an increasing focus for our business 
in the coming years and one we are 
embracing fully and enthusiastically.

As previously announced, and as you 
will have seen from the Chairman’s 
Statement, we will have a new Chairman 
immediately following the AGM in May 
when David Hunter steps into the role. 
David brings a wealth of property and fund 
management experience to our Board 
and business. In welcoming David, I am 
keen to acknowledge Hugh Scott-Barrett's 
role and contribution to the business 
over the past 12 years as both CEO and 
as Chair from mid-2012, when I joined 
as CEO. Hugh led the recapitalisation of 
the business following the GFC in 2008 
which was described by a leading analyst 

as "text book".  Hugh's guidance, advice, 
always offered thoughtfully, and insight 
along with his encouragement and support 
during some difficult times has been 
exceptional and I am enormously grateful 
of his tireless work on behalf of all our 
stakeholders to ensure a smooth transition 
and provide exceptional stewardship. We 
wish him well for the future and in his 
other Board roles.

OUTLOOK
While the retail environment clearly 
remains volatile and the impact of 
COVID-19 is likely to be significant, we are 
remaining focused on delivering for all our 
stakeholders during this challenging and 
unprecedented time. 

Looking further ahead we see continuing 
opportunities to deliver our strategy, 
working closely with those retailers who 
are well equipped to thrive in an omni-
channel retailing environment.

I remain confident that our focus 
on needs-based, non-discretionary 
merchandise and the urban bias of our 
real estate and its proximity to people 
sees us well positioned to evolve, adapt 
and grow in tune with the rapidly evolving 
retail landscape. 

Finally, I would like to highlight that our 
significant progress in 2019 was the 
product of a considerable amount of hard 
work from a talented team, at both our 
support office and in our centres, across 
many disciplines. I am very pleased with 
the way our team has come together over 
the past two and a half years to build an 
industry-leading platform and we are 
committed to attracting and retaining 
talent by creating a culture that places 
personal growth, diversity, employee 
engagement and inclusion at its core.

LAWRENCE HUTCHINGS 
CHIEF EXECUTIVE

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   19

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

19

06/05/2020   10:49:39

STRATEGIC REPORTAnnual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALKEY HIGHLIGHTS OF LETTING 
ACTIVITY

Operating review

BLACKBURN 
 „ New lease: Vodafone
 „ Lease Renewals: B&M and TUI

LUTON 
 „ New Leases: Lidl, Wenzels the 

Baker and Luton Borough Council

 „ Lease renewal: Tesco

Our key focus remains the ongoing remerchandising and repositioning of our centres to 
reflect the changing requirements of the communities, guests and retail customers that 
we serve. This includes increasing the amount of floor space we have in non-discretionary, 
needs-based retail and services, where consumers prefer or need physical interaction 
with goods and services providers. 

In addition, we are actively involved in unlocking the latent value of our real estate in 
the middle of town centres, with access to transport connections and complementary 
uses and, in the case of the London portfolio, are able to increase the density of our 
sites through the addition of residential, hotel, offices and other uses that enhance our 
communities and generate value for our stakeholders. 

AFFORDABILITY AND OCCUPANCY COST DRIVING SUCCESSFUL 
NEW LETTINGS, RENEWALS AND RENT REVIEWS
There were 66 new lettings and renewals in the period. New lettings were made at 
a significant premium to ERV, while renewals were marginally below. Overall, the 
transactions resulted in a combined average premium of 20.9%1 to previous passing rent 
and a 7.3%1 premium to ERV. 

New lettings
Number of new lettings
Rent from new lettings
Comparison to ERV1 
Renewals settled
Renewals settled
Revised rent
Comparison to ERV1 
Combined new lettings and renewals
Comparison to previous rent1
Comparison to ERV1
Rent reviews

Reviews settled
Revised passing rent
Uplift to previous rent 

Year ended 
30 December 2019

34
£2.2m
+22.3%

32
£2.3m
-0.6%

+20.9%
+7.3%

17
£2.1m
+1.6%

1  For lettings and renewals (excluding development deals and CVA variations) with a term of five years 

ILFORD 
 „ New lease: The Entertainer
 „ Renewal: Warren James

HEMEL HEMPSTEAD 
 „ New leases: Empire Cinema and 

Pure Gym

 „ Renewals: TUI and Toni & Guy

or longer which do not include turnover rent or service charge restrictions. 

Political uncertainty caused first by concern over a no-deal Brexit and then the general 
election in the middle of the key Christmas trading period contributed to a slowing down 
in leasing volumes in the second half of the year. However, strong progress was still made 
in securing a number of key deals across the portfolio. In Maidstone new lettings for two 
of the three floors of the former BHS space have been signed with Matalan and, post year-
end, with PureGym. At Luton since the year end we have exchanged on c 16,000 sq ft of 
previously vacant office space and agreed terms with Lidl for a new supermarket.

This follows on from a strong first half of 2019 where we concluded new lettings to 
Vodafone in Blackburn, Empire Cinema and Pure Gym at Hemel Hempstead, Wenzels the 
baker and Luton Borough Council (Offices) at Luton. At Ilford we opened the Entertainer 
from a unit that has been vacant for over ten years, directly as a result of completion of 
the new family precinct. 

Key renewals across 2019 included Sports Direct and a new ten-year lease to Tesco at 
Luton, B&M and TUI at Blackburn, TUI and Toni & Guy at Hemel Hempstead, Carphone 
Warehouse at Ilford, Clarks shoes and Claire’s Accessories at Walthamstow and Argos, 
Carphone Warehouse and office space to the Metropolitan Police Service at Wood Green.

WOOD GREEN 
 „ Renewal: Office space to 

Metropolitan Police Service

MAIDSTONE 
 „ New Leases: Matalan and Pure Gym

20

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   20

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:49:43

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcSTRATEGIC REPORTOperating review

OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE 
There were 74.3 million visits to our 
centres during 2019. Footfall in 2019 
outperformed the national index by 170 
basis points, with the like-for-like portfolio 
decrease of 3.2%1 comparing to a national 
index decline of 4.9%.

Car park usage, down 4.0% on a like-for-
like basis1, was consistent with the decline 
in footfall but income increased by 1% on 
a like-for-like basis to £10.7 million, due to 
tariff increases and other parking revenue 
initiatives.

Click and collect transaction volumes 
continued to grow, increasing by 14% 
on the prior year, further reinforcing the 
strength of our locations in the omni-
channel shopping experience and cost-
effective last mile fulfilment. 

1  Like-for-like figures exclude Walthamstow from 

Week 29 due to the impact of the fire.

IMPACT OF CVAS AND 
ADMINISTRATIONS
There were eight Company Voluntary 
Arrangements (CVAs) or administrations 
involving national retailers that impacted 
our portfolio in 2019. Four of the CVAs 
– Debenhams, Arcadia, Monsoon/
Accessorize and Select – affected multiple 
units. The largest single impact was that 
of the Debenhams CVA which reduced 
2019 NRI by approximately £0.7 million 
(all in the second half of the year) and is 
equivalent to £1.3 million on an annualised 
basis. CVAs and administrations in 
2019 have been largely focused on the 
department store and fashion categories 
that remain under significant pressure 
from the ongoing structural changes 
in retail. Such pressures continue to 
persist and translate into the risk of 
further failure and challenges in renewal 
negotiations. Our strategy remains 
committed to repositioning our centres to 
remerchandise away from such categories 
and increase further our focus on needs-
based, non-discretionary merchandise and 
services.

The total impact upon 2019 NRI of all 
of the 2019 CVAs and administrations 
was £1.3 million, this will equate to £2.8 
million on an annualised basis. The 
full year impact on 2019 of CVAs and 
administrations from 2018 was £1.7 
million, resulting in a total impact in 2019 
of £3.0 million.

RENTAL INCOME AND 
OCCUPANCY

30 Dec  
2019

30 Dec  
2018

Contracted rent (£m)

Passing rent (£m)

Occupancy (%)

60.8

58.8

97.2

63.4

60.7

97.0

Contracted and passing rent showed 
declines of £2.6 million (4.1%) and £1.9 
million (3.1%) respectively reflecting 
primarily the impact of CVAs and 
administrations partially offset by the new 
letting activity in the year.

At 30 December 2019, there was £2.0 
million of contracted rent where the 
tenant is in a rent-free period, all of which 
will convert to passing rent in 2020. 

Occupancy has remained strong at 97.2% 
(December 2018: 97.0%).

CAPITAL EXPENDITURE
Conscious of balance sheet pressures 
within the business prior to the 
Growthpoint transaction, we scaled back 
capex spend in 2019 to £12 million (from 
£18.5 million in 2018). We were still active 
on over 20 projects across the portfolio 
including progressing the Walthamstow 
residential development opportunity, 
landlord works to facilitate a newly 
refurbished Tesco unit in Luton following 
the lease renewal, delivery of a new unit 
for Pure Gym in Hemel Hempstead and 
completion of a new family area and child 
soft play in Hemel Hempstead. The latter 
has incorporated a Tinies crèche facility 
for shoppers, the first such roll out at a 
UK shopping centre. We expect to deploy 
capex at a typical rate of approximately 
£15-20 million per annum. The depth 
of opportunities across the portfolio 
enables us to focus investment on those 
with the strongest impact and thereby 
provides flexibility, allowing us to respond 
dynamically to changes in circumstance. 

RESIDENTIAL OPPORTUNITIES
Walthamstow
We have made good progress with our 
residential opportunity. Following a 
comprehensive marketing process, we 
have identified a favoured partner to 
deliver 450 residential units which has 
potential to realise a significant capital 
receipt around the end of 2020. Detailed 
contractual negotiations are ongoing and 
progressing well. The precise timing of 
the capital receipt will be dependent upon 
changes to the existing planning consent 
that will improve design and deliverability 

and incorporate a new station entrance for 
the Victoria Line underground station. 

Wood Green
We successfully completed the sale of 
a vacant plot of land to Aitch Group in 
February 2020 for £5 million, in line with 
book value. Aitch Group intends to bring 
forward a residential scheme on the land of 
up to 100 units, which will bring benefit to 
the shopping centre in the form of increased 
footfall and immediate on-site catchment.

WALTHAMSTOW FIRE
On 22 July 2019 a fire led to the closure 
of The Mall, Walthamstow. The first 
retailers re-opened less than a week 
after the fire and just under 85% of the 
units in the centre had re-opened prior 
to the COVID-19 restrictions taking effect. 
Reconstruction plans are now in place for 
the remaining units and, subject to the 
impact of current restrictions, we hope to 
re-open in the course of 2020. The centre 
is insured for both replacement and for up 
to four years’ loss of income.

SNOZONE
Snozone produced another robust 
performance in 2019 with revenue 
increasing 1% to £10.5 million (2018: £10.4 
million) and profits stable at £1.5 million 
(2018: £1.5 million) despite cost pressures 
and increased competition from the 
broader active-leisure sector.

In 2019, Snozone received accreditation as 
a ‘Disability Confident’ employer and came 
runner-up at the UK School Travel Awards as 
best Sporting Venue alongside prestigious 
nominees such as; Chelsea FC, Lord’s cricket 
ground, Wembley Stadium and Wimbledon 
Lawn Tennis grounds. Snozone was also a 
finalist for the award of Best Family Day Out 
with the national online listings magazine, 
Days Out With The Kids.

Given the seasonality of snow sports, 
even indoors, Snozone has been focused 
on increasing usage during the summer 
months. This has included offering 
corporate conferencing and banqueting 
facilities, product launches for brands 
including BMW and Audi, and slope hire 
for filming including the BBC and other 
commercial channels. Elements of the 
2019 Disney ‘reboot’ of Aladdin were also 
filmed on the slopes.

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   21

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

21

06/05/2020   10:49:43

STRATEGIC REPORTAnnual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALFamily Zone 
and Tinies 
in Hemel 
Hempstead

In May 2019, The Marlowes, 
Hemel Hempstead, 
launched their new 
Family Zone, as part of 
C&R’s ongoing strategy 
to enhance the family 
offering, in May 2019.  

The Family Zone creates a clearly defined 
area for families featuring a new kids play 
area, social seating, the relocated Guest 
Services and a new food services kiosk. 
The area has been a popular addition to 
the centre, seeing an immediate footfall 
increase of 6% in the first four weeks of 
the operation.

TINIES CRÈCHE 
In October 2019, to further enhance the 
family offering, The Marlowes opened the 
first Ofsted-registered Tinies Shoppers 
Crèche, in partnership with renowned 
childcare providers, Tinies Daycare.  

The crèche offers two hours free 
childcare for guests shopping in the 
centre. Tinies Crèche enables parents to 
enjoy a convenient, stress-free shopping 
experience while ensuring that their 
children receive the highest standards of 
care.

Since it opened more than 2,000 children 
have been cared for with an average 
dwell time of 1 hour 41 minutes which 
represents a 23 minute increase (29%) 
against the centre average.

Parent feedback:  
“My son went to Tinies yesterday and I cannot 
praise them enough. He came out and when 
I asked if he liked it he said ‘no I didn’t like it I 
LOVED it’ he has already asked when we can 
go into town again. Popping into town used 
to be a struggle to me as he hated walking 
around the shops and the only time I’m off 
work I’m with him. Well done Tinies and the 
Marlowes. How lucky we are to have such 
a safe fun and friendly area to leave our 
children.” 

DELIVERING RESULTS

6% 

Increase in footfall* 

29% 

increase in dwell time

*In first 4 weeks of operation

2222 Capital & Regional plc

capreg.com

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   22

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:49:44

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcSTRATEGIC REPORTSTUART WETHERLY
GROUP FINANCE DIRECTOR

Financial review

Profitability

Statutory Revenue

Net Rental Income (NRI)

Adjusted Profit1

Adjusted Earnings per share1, 4

2019

2018

Change

£88.9m

£49.3m

£27.4m

36.7p

£91.0m

£51.9m

£30.5m

42.3p

 -2.2%

-5.0%

-10.2%

 -13.2%

IFRS Loss 

£(121.0)m

£(25.6)m

-£95.4m

Basic Earnings per share4

(162)p

(35)p

EPRA cost ratio (excluding vacancy costs)

Net Administrative Expenses to Gross Rent

Investment returns

Net Asset Value (NAV) per share4

EPRA NAV per share4

Dividend per share4

Dividend pay-out5

Return on equity

Financing

Group net debt

-127p

+0.8%

+0.1%

-235p

-227p

-3.2p

25.9%

10.8%

361p

364p

21.0p

68%

25.1%

10.7%

596p

591p

24.2p

57.2%

(27.8)%

(5.3)%

£336.9m

£411.1m

-£74.2m

Group net debt to property value

46%

48%

-2 pps

Average debt maturity2

5.4 years

6.3 years

 -0.9 years

Cost of debt3

3.26%

3.27%

-1 bps

1  Adjusted Profit and Adjusted Earnings per share are as defined in the Glossary and Note 1 to the 

Financial Statements. A reconciliation to the statutory result is provided further below. EPRA figures 
and a reconciliation to EPRA EPS are shown in Note 9 to the Financial Statements.

2 Assuming exercise of all extension options.

3 Assuming all loans fully drawn.

4  Per share amounts are adjusted to reflect the impact of the 10 for 1 share consolidation that 

completed on 15 January 2020.  

5 Total dividend as a percentage of Adjusted Profit. 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   23

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

Stock Code: CAL

23

06/05/2020   10:49:46

STRATEGIC REPORTAnnual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Financial review

Continued

USE OF ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES (APMS)
Throughout the results statement we use a range of financial and non-financial measures to assess our performance.  The significant 
measures are as follows:

Alternative 
performance  
measure used

Adjusted Profit 

Rationale

Adjusted Profit is used as it is considered by management to provide the best indication of the extent to which dividend 
payments are supported by underlying profits as it seeks to exclude items that are either non-cash movements or items 
that are one-off or do not relate to the Group’s recurring operating performance.  

Adjusted Profit excludes revaluation of properties, profit or loss on disposal of properties or investments, gains or 
losses on financial instruments, non-cash charges in respect of share-based payments and exceptional and/or one-off 
items.  

The key differences from EPRA earnings, an industry standard comparable measure, relates to the exclusion of non-
cash charges in respect of share-based payments and adjustments in respect of exceptional items such as restructuring 
costs where EPRA is prescriptive. 

Adjusted Earnings per share is Adjusted Profit divided by the weighted average number of shares in issue during the 
year excluding own shares held.

A reconciliation of Adjusted Profit to the equivalent EPRA and statutory measures is provided in Note 9 to the financial 
statements.

Like-for-like 
amounts

Like-for-like amounts are presented as they measure operating performance adjusted to remove the impact of 
properties that were only owned for part of the relevant periods.   

For the purposes of comparison of capital values, this will also include assets owned at the previous period end 
but not necessarily throughout the prior period.

Net Rent or Net 
Rental Income 
(NRI)

Net Rental Income is rental income from properties, less property and management costs (excluding 
performance fees).  It is a standard industry measure.  A reconciliation to statutory turnover is provided in Note 
3 to the financial statements. 

PROFITABILITY

Amounts in £m

Net rental income 

Net interest 

Investment income

Central operating costs net of external fees

Kingfisher Redditch

Snozone profit (indoor ski operation)

Tax charge

Adjusted Profit

Adjusted Earnings per share (pence)1,2

Reconciliation of Adjusted Profit to statutory result

Adjusted Profit

Property revaluation 

Loss on disposal 

Impairment

(Loss)/Gain on financial instruments

Transaction costs on issue of new equity and partial offer

Other items

IFRS loss for year

Year to 
30 Dec 2019

Year to 
30 Dec 2018

49.3

(18.9)

0.2

(4.7)

–

1.5

–

27.4

36.7

27.4

(138.6)

(0.5)

(1.4)

(5.0)

(2.2)

(0.7)

(121.0)

51.9

(18.9)

0.4

(4.7)

0.4

1.5

(0.1)

30.5

42.3

30.5

(52.5)

(3.8)

–

2.6

–

(2.4)

(25.6)

1 EPRA figures and a reconciliation to EPRA EPS are shown in Note 9 to the Financial Statements.

2  Per share amounts are adjusted to reflect the impact of the 10 for 1 share consolidation that completed on 15 January 2020.  

24

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   24

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:49:46

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcSTRATEGIC REPORTAdjusted Profit – 2019: £27.4 million (2018: £30.5 million)

Adjusted Profit and Adjusted Earnings per share decreased by 10.2% and 13.2% respectively, driven primarily by a £2.6 million or 5.0% 
decrease in NRI.  This was largely due to CVAs and retailer restructurings, which impacted by approximately £3.0 million in 2019.

Net interest remained in line with 2018 as broken down in the following table:

Amounts in £m

Net Interest on loans
Amortisation of refinancing costs
Notional interest charge on head leases1

Central
Net Group interest

Year to 
30 Dec 2019

Year to 
30 Dec 2018

14.6
0.9
3.4
18.9
–
18.9

14.4
0.9
3.4
18.7
0.2
18.9

1  Notional interest charge with offsetting opposite and materially equal credit within other property operating expenses.

Central operating costs (net of external fees) were flat year on year with efficiency improvements offsetting the impact of salary inflation.  
Following the restructuring of the Kingfisher Redditch Joint Venture that completed early in 2019 the Group no longer equity accounts for 
its interest and no distributions were received during the year. Snozone contribution remained stable on a rounded basis, at £1.5 million.

IFRS loss for the period – 2019: Loss of £121.0 million (2018: Loss of £25.6 million)

The loss on revaluation of investment properties for the year was £138.6 million (2018: Loss of £52.5 million) and this was the key 
component driving a loss for the period of £121.2 million.  A breakdown of valuations by property is provided in the Net Asset Value 
section below.  The other main factors outside of Adjusted Profit were a loss on financial instruments of £5.0 million, reflecting 
expectations of interest rates being lower for longer, a £1.4 million impairment of the Group’s fixed asset investment in the Kingfisher 
Redditch Joint Venture and £2.2 million of costs in respect of the Growthpoint transaction costs.  A further £3.3 million of costs in relation 
to this transaction have been charged to Share Premium as they directly related to the issue of new shares.

NET ASSET VALUE
The valuation of the portfolio at 30 December 2019 was £727.1 million, a 15% decline on 30 December 2018 and reflecting a net initial 
yield of 6.95% (2018: NIY: 6.23%).  

The decline of retail asset values across the industry accelerated in 2019 and the disconnect of London and regional assets continued 
albeit driven largely by sentiment with transaction volumes remaining at historically low levels.  The Group’s London assets proved 
relatively more robust with an overall decline of 7.6%.  The Group’s assets outside of London were, however, significantly impacted 
by negative sentiment towards retail assets with the headline valuation of the Group’s three South East assets declining by 20.7% and 
Blackburn falling by over 30% over 2019.

Property portfolio valuation

Property at independent valuation

London
Ilford
Walthamstow
Wood Green

South East
Hemel Hempstead
Luton
Maidstone

Regional
Blackburn

Portfolio

30 December 2019

30 December 2018

£m

NIY %

£m

NIY %

77.4
126.0
211.5
414.9

34.7
148.7
61.9

245.3

6.06%
5.28%
5.48%
5.54%

8.50%
8.00%
8.38%

8.17%

86.2
124.6
238.3
449.1

44.9
195.4
69.0

309.3

5.69%
5.01%
5.12%
5.20%

7.35%
7.01%
7.74%

7.23%

66.9

10.24%

96.8

7.70%

727.1

6.95%

855.2

6.23%

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   25

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

25

06/05/2020   10:49:46

STRATEGIC REPORTAnnual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALFinancial review

Continued

NAV decreased to £375.1 million and EPRA NAV at £378.6 million (December 2018: £433.0 million and £431.7 million), respectively, 
reflecting the impact of the fall in valuations (net of capital expenditure) of £138.6 million partially offset by the Adjusted Profit of £27.4 
million and net equity injection of £72.4 million from the Growthpoint transaction.  

On a per-share basis Basic NAV and EPRA NAV fell to 361 pence and 364 pence respectively, declines of 235 pence and 228 pence from 
the respective 2018 equivalents. 

FINANCING
The Group’s debt facilities are outlined in the table below.  The fall in valuations, offset by the proceeds of the Growthpoint transaction, 
resulted in net debt to value decreasing to 46% (December 2018: 48%).  

Details on these covenants are provided in the “covenant information” section on page 131.  The Group was compliant with them 
throughout the year and up to the date of this announcement.  

30 December 2019

Four Mall assets

Hemel
Ilford

Luton

Central Cash
£15m Revolving 
Credit Facility 
(undrawn)
On balance  
sheet debt

Debt¹
£m

265.0

26.9
39.0

96.5

–

–

Cash²
£m

(8.3)

(0.8)
(1.9)

(5.3)

Net 
Debt
£m

256.7

26.1
37.1

91.2

(74.2)

(74.2)

–

–

427.4

(90.5)

336.9

Loan to 
value3
%

Net debt 
to value3
%

 Average 
interest rate
%

57%

78%
50%

65%

–

n/a

59%

55%

75%
48%

61%

–

n/a

46%

3.33

3.32
2.76

3.14

n/a

3.79

3.26

Duration to 
loan expiry
Years

Duration 
with 
extensions
Years

5.9

3.1
4.2

4.0

n/a

2.1

5.0

6.6

3.1
4.2

4.0

n/a

2.1

5.4

Fixed
%

100

100
100

100

n/a

–

94

1 Excluding unamortised issue costs.
2 Excluding cash beneficially owned by tenants. 
3 Debt and net debt divided by investment property at valuation.

£50 million of the net proceeds from the equity raise in the year have 
been earmarked for the repayment or restructuring of debt.  £5 million 
had been utilised by 30 December 2019 contributing to a total pay 
down of the Luton debt facility of £11 million in the second half of 2019 
reducing the outstanding loan amount to £96.5 million. In addition to 
the facilities listed above the Group has a Revolving Credit Facility of 
£15 million currently undrawn and fully available.

Negotiations are ongoing with the Group’s lenders regarding the 
possible utilisation of the remaining £45 million across its different 
loan facilities with the Group seeking an improvement to covenant 
terms in exchange for any voluntary repayment. Based on the existing 
covenant terms, without any further improvement, the £45 million 
provides the Group with the ability to withstand a further 20% fall from 
the 30 December 2019 valuations without facing any default or cash 
trap restrictions on any of its facilities.

SOUTH AFRICAN SECONDARY LISTING
The Company maintains a primary listing on the London Stock 
Exchange (LSE) and a secondary listing on the Johannesburg Stock 
Exchange (JSE) in South Africa.  At 30 December 2019, 58,738,414 of 
the Company’s shares were held on the JSE share register representing 
5.65% of the total shares in issue.  

DIVIDEND
As outlined in the Prospectus published on 7 November 2019, the 
Company agreed to adopt a policy of distributing on a semi-annual 
basis (in the approximate proportions of 45 / 55 and in that order in 
respect of each financial year) not less than approximately 90% of the 
Company’s EPRA earnings.

This will make the full-year dividend, adjusting the interim dividend of 
1 pence for the impact of the recent 10 for 1 share consolidation, to 21 
pence per share (December 2018: equivalent to 24.2 pence per share).

The key dates proposed in relation to the payment of the 2019 final 
dividend are:

 „ Annual General Meeting
 „ Confirmation of ZAR equivalent 

Wednesday, 20 May 2020
Thursday, 21 May 2020

dividend 

 „ Last day to trade on Johannesburg 

Tuesday, 2 June 2020

Stock Exchange (JSE)

 „ Shares trade ex-dividend on the JSE Wednesday, 3 June 2020
 „ Shares trade ex-dividend on the 
London Stock Exchange (LSE) 

Thursday, 4 June 2020

 „ Record date for LSE and JSE
 „ Dividend payment date/despatch  

Friday, 5 June 2020
Thursday, 24 June 2020

of share certificates

A scrip offer will be made available subject to approval at the Annual 
General Meeting. South African shareholders are advised that the final 
dividend will be regarded as a foreign dividend. Further details relating 
to withholding tax for shareholders on the South African register 
will be provided within the announcement detailing the currency 
conversion rate on Thursday, 21 May 2020.  Share certificates on the 
South African register may not be dematerialised or rematerialised 
between Wednesday, 3 June 2020 and Friday, 5 June 2020, both dates 
inclusive. Transfers between the UK and South African registers may 
not take place between Thursday, 21 May 2020 and Friday, 5 June 2020, 
both dates inclusive. 

The Board is proposing a final dividend of 11 pence per share, based 
on approximately 90% of earnings for the second half of 2019.  This will 
be paid as 100% property income distribution.  

STUART WETHERLY 
GROUP FINANCE DIRECTOR

26

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   26

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:49:46

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcSTRATEGIC REPORTManaging risk

RISK MANAGEMENT APPROACH
The Board has ultimate responsibility for the oversight of risk 
management within the Group. The Board defines the risk appetite 
of the Group, establishes a risk management strategy and is 
responsible for maintaining a robust internal controls system.

RISK MANAGEMENT PROCESS
There are a number of risks and uncertainties which could have 
a material impact on the Group’s future performance and could 
cause results to differ significantly from expectations. 

Ahead of every half year and year end the Group undertakes a 
comprehensive risk and controls review involving interviews with 
relevant management teams. The output of this process is an 
updated risk map and internal control matrix for each component 
of the business which is then aggregated into a Group risk map 
and matrix which is reviewed by executive management, the Audit 
Committee and the Board and forms the basis for the disclosures 
made below. This process clearly outlines the principal risks, considers 
their potential impact on the business, the likelihood of them 
occurring and the actions being taken to manage, and the individual(s) 
responsible for managing, those risks to the desired level.

This risk matrix is also used in performing our annual assessment 
of the material financial, operational and compliance controls that 
mitigate the key risks identified. Each control is assessed or tested 
for evidence of its effectiveness. The review concluded that all 
such material controls were operating effectively during 2019.

PRINCIPAL RISKS AT 30 DECEMBER 2019
As part of the risk review completed as at 30 December 2019, the 
groupings and categorisations of the Group’s principal risk were 
reviewed and refined with a few common risks being consolidated 
together. Amongst the main factors considered, were the 
continuing structural changes to UK retail and the continuing 
use of CVAs by struggling retailers, and the ongoing economic 
and political uncertainty concerning the terms of the country’s 
exit from the European Union (see below). The review concluded 
that while as a result of these combined factors the profile of 
a number of risks, including property investment market risks 
and the impact of the economic environment, had changed, the 
ultimate nature and significance of them had not. 

COVID-19 
The impact of COVID-19 is incorporated within our Business 
disruption from a major incident risk. At the time of writing all 
of the Group’s seven shopping centres remain open to provide 
essential services although a majority of tenants are currently 
closed in line with government guidelines. Approximately 50% 
of the rent due for the second quarter of 2020 has so far been 
collected. We are in active discussions with all our retailer 
customers on the outstanding rents appreciating these are 
challenging times and are actively monitoring the situation and 
ensuring contingency plans are in place to mitigate the potential 
impact on our operations, our shopping centres and our tenants 
as best we can as the situation develops further.

BREXIT 
The UK formally left the European Union (EU) at the end of January 
2020. It has now entered a transitional period until the end of 
2020 and must negotiate its future trading relationship with 
the EU. While these developments have provided some clarity, 
there remains significant uncertainty over the future impact of 
Brexit on a number of the Group’s principal risks. From a risk 
perspective, the main impact of Brexit is on Property investment 
market risks, the economic environment and Tax and regulatory 
risks. The ultimate impact will be dependent on the terms of the 
UK’s relationship with the EU. Any significant change, such as the 
inability to reach a trade agreement, resulting in the application of 
WTO rules, is likely to have an adverse impact on the Group. 

The risks noted do not comprise all those potentially faced by the 
Group and are not intended to be presented in any order of priority. 
Additional risks and uncertainties currently unknown to the Group, 
or which the Group currently deems immaterial, may also have an 
adverse effect on the financial condition or business of the Group in 
the future. These issues are kept under constant review to allow the 
Group to react in an appropriate and timely manner to help mitigate 
the impact of such risks. 

N
W
O
D
P
O
T

Oversight, 
identification, 
assessment 
and mitigation 
of risk at a 
Group Level

Board
Responsible for oversight of risk 
management and internal controls 
processes.

Defines the Group’s risk appetite and 
assesses the Group’s principal risks 
with the Executive Directors.

Audit Committee
Supports the Board in the 
management of risk and is responsible 
for reviewing the effectiveness of the 
risk management strategy and internal 
control processes throughout the year.

Senior Leadership Team
Responsible for the day-to-day 
operational application of the risk 
management strategy and ensuring 
that all staff are aware of their 
responsibilities.

Identification, 
assessment 
and mitigation 
of risk at an 
Operational 
Level

Operational management
Responsible for implementing 
and maintaining risk management 
procedures, and maintaining risk 
registers including identification of 
risks, mitigating controls and actions 
required.

Employees
Responsible for complying with risk 
management procedures and internal 
control measures, and provide 
feedback to operational management 
on day-to-day risk management.





P
U
M
O
T
T
O
B

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   27

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

27

06/05/2020   10:49:46

STRATEGIC REPORTAnnual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CAL 
 
 
Managing risk

Continued

1

2

3

PROPERTY INVESTMENT 
MARKET RISKS

IMPACT OF THE 
ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

TREASURY  
RISK

Strategic priorities

Strategic priorities

Strategic priorities

Define, Position

Position

Position, Focus

Risk 
 „ Tenant insolvency or distress 
 „ Prolonged downturn in tenant 
demand and pressure on rent 
levels

Impact
 „ Tenant failures and reduced tenant 
demand could adversely affect 
rental income, lease incentive, void 
costs, cash and ultimately property 
valuation

Mitigation 
 „ Large, diversified tenant base
 „ Review of tenant covenants before 

new leases signed

Risk 
 „ Inability to fund the business 

or to refinance existing debt on 
economic terms when needed

 „ Breach of any loan covenants 
causing default on debt and 
possible accelerated maturity

 „ Exposure to rising or falling 

interest rates

Impact
 „ Inability to meet financial 
obligations when due

 „ Limitation on financial and 

operational flexibility

 „ Cost of financing could be 

 „ Long-term leases and active credit 

prohibitive

control process

 „ Good relationships with, and active 

management of, tenants

 „ Void management through 

temporary lettings and other 
mitigation strategies

 „ Unremedied breaches can trigger 
demand for immediate repayment 
of loan

 „ If interest rates rise and are 

unhedged, the cost of debt facilities 
can rise and ICR covenants could be 
broken

 „ Hedging transactions used by the 

Group to minimise interest rate risk 
may limit gains, result in losses or 
have other adverse consequences

Mitigation 
 „ Ensuring that the Group maintains 
appropriate levels of cash reserves 
and/or undrawn facilities 

 „ Regular monitoring and projections 
of liquidity, gearing and covenant 
compliance with regular reporting 
to the Board 

 „ Option of asset sales if necessary
 „ Regular monitoring of the 

performance of derivative contracts 
and corrective action taken where 
necessary

 „ Use of alternative hedges such as 

caps

Risk 
 „ Weakening economic conditions 

and poor sentiment in commercial 
and/or retail real estate markets 
could lead to low investor demand 
and an adverse movement in 
valuation

 „ Valuation risk from lack of relevant 

transactional evidence

Impact
 „ Small changes in property 

market yields or future cashflow 
assumptions can have a significant 
effect on valuation

 „ Impact of leverage could magnify 

the effect on the Group’s net assets

 „ Property valuations increasingly 
subjective and open to a wider 
range of possible outcomes

Mitigation 
 „ Monitoring of indicators of market 
direction and forward planning of 
investment decisions

 „ Use of multiple experienced, 

external valuers who understand 
the specific properties and whose 
output is reviewed and challenged 
by internal specialists

 „ Regular review and consideration 
of strategies to reduce debt levels 
if appropriate

 „ Maintenance of cash and covenant 
headroom to provide flexibility

28

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   28

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:49:46

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcSTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
4

TAX AND REGULATORY  
RISKS

5

PEOPLE 

6

DEVELOPMENT  
RISK

Strategic priorities

Strategic priorities

Strategic priorities

Focus

Focus

Focus

Risk 
 „ Dependence of the business on 

the skills of a small number of key 
individuals  

Impact
 „ Loss of key individuals or an 

inability to attract new employees 
with the appropriate expertise 
could reduce effectiveness 

Mitigation 
 „ Pay market salaries and offer 

competitive incentive packages

 „ Positive working environment and 

culture

 „ Use of share incentive plans
 „ Succession planning for key 

positions 

Risk 
 „ Exposure to non-compliance with 
the REIT regime and changes in 
the form or interpretation of tax 
legislation 

 „ Potential exposure to tax liabilities 
in respect of historic transactions 
undertaken 

 „ Exposure to changes in existing or 
forthcoming property or corporate 
regulation

Impact
 „ Tax-related liabilities and other 

losses could arise

 „ Failure to comply with tax or 

regulatory requirements could 
result in financial penalties, loss of 
business or credibility

Mitigation 
 „ Monitoring of REIT compliance
 „ Expert advice taken on tax 

positions and other regulations

 „ Maintenance of a regular dialogue 

with the tax authorities

 „ Training to keep Management 
aware of regulatory changes

 „ Expert advice taken on complex 

regulatory matters

Risk 
 „ Delays or other issues may 

occur to capital expenditure and 
development projects

 „ The threat to the Group’s property 
assets of competing in town and 
out of town retail and leisure 
schemes

Impact
 „ May lead to increased cost and 

reputational damage

 „ Planned value may not be realised
 „ Competing schemes may reduce 

footfall and reduce tenant demand 
for space and the levels of rents 
which can be achieved

Mitigation 
 „ Approval process for new 
developments and staged 
execution to key milestones

 „ Use of experienced project 
coordinators and external 
consultants with regular 
monitoring and Executive 
Committee oversight

 „ Monitoring of new planning 

proposals

 „ Close relationships with local 

councils and willingness to support 
town centres

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   29

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

29

06/05/2020   10:49:47

STRATEGIC REPORTAnnual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CAL 
 
 
Managing risk

Continued

7

8

9

BUSINESS DISRUPTION 
FROM A MAJOR INCIDENT

RESPONSIBLE  
BUSINESS

CUSTOMERS & CHANGING 
CONSUMER TRENDS

Strategic priorities

Strategic priorities

Strategic priorities

Focus

Position, Focus

Define, Position

Risk 
 „ Major incident or situation 

develops that has a significant 
impact upon trading.  This could 
be something specific to a centre 
or trading location (e.g. the fire 
in Walthamstow that occurred 
in 2019) or a situation such as 
COVID-19 that impacts trading  
on a national scale.

Impact
 „ Financial loss if unable to trade or 
impacts upon shopper footfall

 „ Reputational and financial damage 
if business has or is perceived to 
have acted negligently

Mitigation 
 „ Trained operational personnel at 
all sites and documented major 
incident procedures

 „ Updated operational procedures 
reflecting current threats and 
major incident testing run

 „ Regular liaison with the police
 „ Key IT applications hosted offsite
 „ Insurance maintained

Risk 
 „ The Group’s activities may 

have an adverse impact on the 
environment and communities

 „ Health and safety incidents could 
cause death or serious injury

Impact
 „ Failure to act on environmental 
and social issues could lead to 
reputational damage, deterioration 
in relationships with customers 
and communities and limit 
investment opportunities

 „ Failure to comply with regulations 
could result in financial exposure.

 „ Health and safety incidents could 
result in reputational damage, 
financial liability for the Group and 
potentially criminal liability for the 
Directors

Mitigation 
 „ Issues considered as part of the 
Group’s Responsible Business 
Committee

 „ Environmental policy in place and 

consistent with ISO14001

 „ Management of and compliance 

with the Carbon Reduction 
Commitment and compliance with 
the Carbon Trust 

 „ Specialist health and safety 

compliance manager in place

 „ Monitoring systems to ensure 

tenant compliance 

Risk 
 „ The trend towards online 

shopping, multi-channel retailing, 
and increased spending on leisure 
may adversely impact consumer 
footfall in shopping centres

Impact
 „ Changes in consumer shopping 

habits towards online purchasing 
and delivery may reduce footfall 
and therefore potentially reduce 
tenant demand and the levels of 
rents which can be achieved

 „ An increased use of CVAs by 

retailers as a means of restructuring 
and cost reduction

Mitigation 
 „ Strong location and dominance 
of shopping centres (portfolio is 
weighted to London and South East 
England)

 „ Strength of the community 

shopping experience with tailored 
relevance to the local community
 „ Concentration on convenience and 
value offer which is less impacted 
by online presence

 „ Increasing provision of “Click & 
Collect” within our centres 
 „ Digital marketing initiatives
 „ Monitoring of footfall, retail trends 

and shopping behaviour

30

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   30

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:49:47

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcSTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
10

HISTORIC  
TRANSACTIONS

Strategic priorities

Focus

Risk 
 „ Historic sales have included vendor 
warranties and indemnities and 
as such, the Group has potential 
exposure to future claims from the 
purchaser 

Impact
 „ Warranty and indemnity-related 
liabilities and other losses could 
arise

Mitigation 
 „ Use of professional advisers 

to achieve properly negotiated 
agreements in terms of scope, 
extent of financial liability and time 
frame

 „ Monitoring of ongoing exposures

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   31

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

31

06/05/2020   10:49:50

STRATEGIC REPORTAnnual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CAL 
Managing risk

Continued

VIABILITY STATEMENT
In accordance with the 2018 revision of 
the UK Corporate Governance Code, the 
Directors have assessed the prospect of 
the Company over a longer period than 
the 12 months required by the “Going 
Concern” provision. The Board conducted 
this review for a three-year period to 
December 2022. This was selected 
reflecting that the Group’s annual budget 
and business planning process covers a 
three-year period and all of the Group’s 
asset backed debt financing is secured  
and fully available for the duration of  
the period.

The three year budget and business 
plan review considers the Group’s cash 
flows, dividend cover and other key 
financial ratios over the period. It includes 
sensitivity analysis to consider adverse 
scenarios, that could be caused by the 
principal risks and uncertainties outlined 
on pages 27 to 31.  

We have considered specifically the 
impact on the business of the significant 
disruption arising from COVID-19. At 
the time of writing on 15 April 2020, all 
of the Group’s seven shopping centres 
remain open to provide essential services 
although a majority of tenants are 
currently closed in line with government 
guidelines. Approximately 50% of the rent 
due for the second quarter of 2020 has 
so far been collected. We are in active 
discussions with all our retailer customers 
on the outstanding rents appreciating 
these are challenging times.

As of the time of writing on 15 April 2020 
the Group has total cash on balance 
sheet of over £90 million, which is 
equivalent to more than one year’s gross 
revenue. Approximately £70 million of 
the £90 million is maintained centrally 
and is immediately and freely available. 
In addition, the group has an undrawn 
revolving credit facility of £15 million 
available until January 2022. The earliest 
maturity on any of the Group’s other loan 
facilities is February 2023. This provides 
significant cash contingency to cover any 
disruption to operations for an extended 
period of time.  

We have also undertaken actions to 
improve the preservation of cash 
within the business while this period of 
uncertainty persists. We have suspended 
all non-essential or non-committed capital 
expenditure projects and are planning to 
implement a scrip dividend alternative 

32

Based on an assessment of all of the 
above and the resources and actions 
available the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Company will be 
able to continue in operation and meet its 
liabilities as they fall due over the period to 
December 2022.

GOING CONCERN
Under the UK Corporate Governance Code, 
the Board needs to report whether the 
business is a going concern. In considering 
this requirement, the Directors have taken 
into account the following:

 „ the Group’s latest rolling forecast, in 
particular the cash flows, borrowings 
and undrawn facilities;

 „ the headroom under the Group’s 

financial covenants;  

 „ the relatively high level of cash 

currently maintained centrally that 
is fully available to the Group for any 
purpose and free from any restrictions 
over its use;

 „ options for recycling capital and 

or alternative means of additional 
financing and

 „ the principal Group risks that could 
impact on the Group’s liquidity and 
solvency over the next 12 months and/
or threaten the Group’s business model 
and capital adequacy.

The Group’s risks and risk management 
processes are set out on pages 27 to 31.

Having due regard to these matters 
and after making appropriate enquiries 
including considerations of the impact 
of COVID-19 as outlined in the viability 
statement, the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group has adequate 
resources to continue in operational 
existence for the foreseeable future. 
Therefore, the Board continues to adopt 
the going concern basis in preparing the 
financial statements.

for the forthcoming Final 2019 Dividend 
payment which our largest shareholders 
have committed to taking meaning there 
will be at least 65% take-up and the 
majority of the proposed £11.4 million 
total dividend payment being preserved 
in cash within the business. In addition, 
selling an asset or part of an asset, the 
accelerated monetising of residential 
development opportunities or raising new 
equity would all be additional options 
potentially open to Management for 
increasing cash levels within the business.   

The Group’s four asset backed loan 
facilities each have covenants as outlined 
on page 131. Covenants in respect of 
minimum interest cover ratios, both 
projected and historic, are tested 
quarterly. At the most recent test date 
prior to the impact of COVID-19, in January 
2020, the respective covenant headroom 
on this basis was a minimum of 33% and 
most facilities were in the range of 33% 
to 45%. Put another way the headroom 
provides cover such that qualifying net 
income or expected qualifying net income 
for the respective test period could fall 
by between approximately a third and up 
to just under a half before the covenants 
would be at risk. If there is significant 
disruption to trading across multiple 
quarters, or in respect of valuation 
covenants a deemed significant long 
term reduction in value, then there are 
scenarios where the headroom could be 
eroded and, dependent on the impact 
upon the specific properties within each 
loan agreement, the risk that covenants 
could be breached.    

Initial discussions with our lenders have 
indicated a willingness to potentially 
provide waivers or relaxation of covenants 
where potential breaches are due to the 
short term disruption of COVID-19. In the 
event waivers are not obtained the level 
of cash currently maintained by the Group 
also provides resource to potentially 
cure loan facilities or use in return for 
negotiating further covenant relaxation 
should it be necessary. In the event that 
this did not prove sufficient then the 
Group has further options potentially 
available for increasing available cash 
within the business including as noted 
above the divestment of an asset, the 
accelerated monetising of residential 
development opportunities or the raising 
of new equity. 

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   32

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:49:51

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcSTRATEGIC REPORTOur Stakeholders
Our Stakeholders

Our stakeholders are at the heart of our strategy and business model. By engaging with them we are able to understand their changing 
needs which helps inform our strategic decision making and ensure our long-term success.  

SECTION 172 STATEMENT
The Board has regard to the matters set out in Section 172(1) of the Companies Act 2006 when performing its duties under Section 172 
to promote the success of the Company.  When making decisions, the Board pays due regard to: the likely consequences of decisions 
in the long term; the interests of stakeholders, the impact actions have on the communities in which we operate and the environment; 
maintaining high standards of business conduct; and acting fairly at all times.  Our key stakeholders, how we engage with them and 
consider their needs and concerns is outlined below. 

The Marketplace 

Our retailers, our 
customers and our 
partners

What matters
 „ Affordable rents and service charge
 „ Outstanding customer service
 „ Centres that drive footfall and are adaptable to meet the needs of a changing market
 „ Prompt and fair payments to suppliers and contractors
 „ Ethical and fair dealings that protect human rights and the health and safety of our partners

How we engage
 „ Investment in data to understand consumer and market trends
 „ Regular visitor surveys
 „ Regular audits of facilities management and operational standards

How we respond
 „ The Board’s Responsible Business Committee discuss key issues as part of its agenda and provide regular 

updates at Board meetings.

 „ The Board reviewed and approved the Modern Slavery Statement
 „ Changing consumer and market trends form part of boardroom discussions and decision making

Our People

→   Read more about how we engage  on pages 35 to 36

What matters
 „ Opportunities for career and personal development
 „ Fair and equitable pay and benefits
 „ An inclusive and diverse environment
 „ Open and transparent communication

How we engage
 „ Intranet; all-staff emails; weekly CEO updates and regular townhall meetings
 „ Workforce posters and communications
 „ Whistleblowing procedures
 „ Employee surveys
 „ Wellbeing Committees

How we respond
 „ The Board receives periodic reports on a range of people matters
 „ The Board regularly takes the opportunity to meet with staff at all levels in the organisation when making 

site visits across our business

 „ The Board reviews employee engagement through employee surveys and follows up the actions taken
 „ The Board considered the impact on current employees when making strategic decisions, including the 

impact of the Growthpoint transaction

→   Read more about how we engage with our people  on pages 39, 49 and 75

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   33

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

33

06/05/2020   10:49:51

STRATEGIC REPORTAnnual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALOur Stakeholders

Continued

Our Shareholders

What matters
 „ Robust financial accounts
 „ Sustainable dividend income
 „ Delivering income and capital growth
 „ ESG performance

How we engage
 „ AGMs, results presentations and investor events
 „ One-to-one meetings with the Chairman, Senior Independent Director and Management

How we respond
 „ Review and act on regular reports from analysts and advisors
 „ Feedback from shareholder meetings is shared with the Board and forms part of boardroom discussions
 „ The Board considered the impact of various recapitalisation strategies and the resulting Growthpoint 

transaction on shareholders

 „ In 2019, the Remuneration Committee Chair engaged with shareholders and reviewed and acted on the 
feedback received from them and governance agencies before and after the publication of the 2019 
Remuneration Policy

The Community

→   Read more about our engagement with our shareholders  on page 49

What matters
 „ Having a positive impact on local areas
 „ Supporting employment in the community
 „ Vibrant and well-maintained centres that enhance their surroundings
 „ Open communication and engagement on development opportunities

How we engage
 „ Strong engagement with local and central governments and Business Improvement Districts
 „ Partnering with industry organisations such as retailTRUST and REVO
 „ Supporting local charities and organisations through our C&R Cares programme

How we respond
 „ The Board’s Responsible Business Committee discuss key issues as part of its agenda and provide regular 

updates at Board meetings

 „ The Board reviews and approves all developments within our communities and receives regular updates 

on ongoing planning matters and community outreach programmes

The Environment 

→   Read more about how we engage with our communities  on pages 40 to 41

What matters
 „ Awareness of the environmental impact of our activities
 „ Reduction of CO2 emissions and energy and water consumption
 „ Reducing waste, in particular plastic waste, and diverting waste from landfill

How we engage
 „ Develop and implement various sustainability schemes across our centres
 „ Engage with our retailers to increase awareness and education 
 „ Maintain Global Real Estate Benchmark Green Star Status
 „ Member of the Better Building Partnership
 „ Signatory to the Climate Change Commitment

How we respond
 „ The Board’s Responsible Business Committee discuss key environmental issues as part of its agenda and 

provide regular updates at Board meetings

 „ Environmental issues form part of our boardroom discussions

→   Read more about how we engage  on page 38

34

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   34

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:49:52

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcSTRATEGIC REPORTCommunity engagement in numbers

9,078  

Jobs supported by our 
centres

£157K 

Community funding 
sponsorship

3,847 

Voluntary hours donated 
to supporting the local 
community

165 

Community events hosted

£327 K  

Raised for C&R Cares

163 

Charities supported

163 

Community groups  
supported

+32

Net Promoter Score – 
for staff 

+14 

Net Promoter Score –  
Guests 

+18

Net Promoter Score –
Customers 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   35

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

Stock Code: CAL

35

06/05/2020   10:49:52

STRATEGIC REPORTResponsible business

OVERVIEW
Our commitment to running our business responsibly is 
important to C&R; it underpins the way we operate and is 
an integral part of who we are and what we do.

Our aim is to be socially responsible so that C&R is not 
only a great place to work but has a positive impact on 
our guests, retailer customers and the wider community 
while minimising our environmental impact.

Our Responsible Business strategy is supported by 
explicit targets and remains focused on four key areas: 
the marketplace, the environment, our people and our 
communities.

THE MARKETPLACE
Our aim is to engage with our local guests, 
customers, suppliers and stakeholders, to 
understand their needs and identify ways 
of improving our collective responsible 
business performance. We recognise the 
positive impact our retail customers and 
suppliers can have on our sustainability 
efforts and continue to work in partnership 
to deliver our goals to create vibrant retail 
spaces.

HIGHLIGHTS FROM 2019
 „ Retained the ROSPA Gold Award for 

13th consecutive year.

 „ Our revised Operational Standards 
Assessments, rolled out in 2019, 
received an average score of 95% 
across the portfolio. 

 „ Our Compliance and Facilities 

Management audit achieved an average 
score across the portfolio of 95.7%.

 „ The centres participated in the Revo 
Achievement in Customer Excellence 
Awards (ACE) and achieved an average 
Mystery Shopper rating of 89%, 
compared to the industry average of 
87%.

 „ C&R awarded the Top Scoring 

Owner award at the 2019 Revo ACE 
Awards. The Mall, Blackburn was also 
recognised, coming runner up in the 
community shopping centre category.

PRIORITIES FOR 2020
 „ Retain the ROSPA Gold Award.
 „ Introduce innovations across the 

service charge contracts to provide 
measurable efficiencies. Engage with 
the Revo Service Charge benchmark 
due to be launched in 2020.

 „ Improve the visibility of key personnel 
including Guest Services, Security and 
Cleaning, in response to guest exit 
surveys and NPS surveys. 

 „ Obtain external recognition from a 
nationally recognised body for the 
Going the Extra Mile (GEMS) training 
programme.

 „ Develop and launch a new Operational 
Standards framework focusing on 
key areas of the guest and customer 
journey including; facilities, car parking, 
community spaces, accessibility, and 
customer relationships.

36

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   36

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:49:54

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcSTRATEGIC REPORTMENTAL HEALTH 
TRAINING

ACTIVE AUGUST 
CHALLENGE

C&R has committed to delivering 
mental health first aid courses 
across the business, to support 
both our colleagues and our guests 
in their daily lives. In 2019, we 
partnered with Get Mental Health 
Training to teach the skills and 
confidence to respond, support and 
manage crisis.  

In 2019, we trained 37 colleagues 
across the business, in varying roles 
from front of house to support roles 
within our centres. The initiative has 
increased the level of knowledge 
within our teams and has assisted 
them in responding to a wide 
range of issues and supporting our 
community members.

Our younger guests spent this 
summer taking part in our Active 
August Challenge where they 
completed an activity trail, collecting 
clues from a number of checkpoints 
positioned around the centre and 
taking part in active play games.  
Participants were given a pedometer 
to count the number of steps 
completed during the challenge. 
Once they found all the checkpoints 
and spelt the magic word, they 
could then log the total number of 
steps they had completed on the 
leader board, competing for prizes, 
with ‘top steppers’ winning prizes 
including a £500 gift card.

The aim of the campaign was to 
promote healthy living whilst driving 
footfall to our centres by providing 
fun, family friendly activity.  The 
event received great feedback and 
achieved the following KPI’s:

 „ A total of 5,500,000 steps were 

recorded by our guests

 „ The Active August Challenge was 
taken on by 2,865 guests across 
our centres.

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   37

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

37

06/05/2020   10:49:56

STRATEGIC REPORTAnnual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALResponsible business

Report on Greenhouse Gas Emissions

Scope 1 and 2 Mandatory Reporting*

2016**

2017**

2018**

2019

Emissions
Scope 1 tCO2e
Scope 2 tCO2e
Intensity
Scope 1 and 2 kgCO2e/sq ft

* Scope definitions:

1,154
9,996

1,184
7,721

1,371
6,790

1,357
5,369

2.25

1.69

1.55

1.28

Scope 1: Direct GHG emissions from controlled operations (natural gas consumption)

Scope 2:  Indirect GHG emissions from the use of purchased electricity, heat or steam  

(electricity consumption)

**2016, 2017 and 2018 figures have been restated where material changes were subsequently 
identified.

Approach
The reported CO2 emissions for 2019 have been produced with reference to the 
Greenhouse Gas Protocol. The reporting boundary has been defined using the operational 
control approach, reporting emissions for operations in which Capital & Regional have 
control. It does not account for GHG emissions from operations in which it owns an 
interest but has no operational control. Energy use from metered sources identified as 
fully controlled by third parties (e.g. tenants) have also been excluded.

Scope 1 emissions account for total gas consumption of Capital & Regional. Emissions 
from emergency equipment (e.g. standby generators) have been deemed deminimis and 
therefore are not included in the reported figures. Scope 2 emissions account for the total 
electricity purchased by Capital & Regional. 

Actual invoice data and site consumption logs have been used for reporting wherever 
possible, however, some data has been estimated where required. It should be noted that 
the Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions (where stated in tCO2e) are absolute values. The 2016, 
2017, 2018 and 2019 figures are not necessarily directly comparable due to changes in 
emission factors, and the Capital & Regional property portfolio included in the boundary. 

Capital & Regional moved its Support Office location in 2018. The new office consumption 
is an estimate based on current floor area and consumption in the old office. This 
is because electricity use is not billed directly to Capital & Regional but the landlord. 
Consumption information was not available from the landlord at the time of the report. 

The reported emissions represent the best information available at the time of issue Net 
19 February 2020.

Electricity Intensity reduction 2008-2019 (centres owned for whole period).

W
k
s
n
o

i
l
l
i

M

6

5

4

3

2

1

2008   2009   2010   2011   2012   2013   2014    2015   2016   2017   2018   2019

Blackburn

Luton

Maidstone

Wood Green

Walthamstow

ENVIRONMENTAL 
SUSTAINABILITY 
We work hard to ensure that our local 
communities which we serve are better 
places to be for all. Our commitment is to 
reduce our impact on the environment in 
the three key areas of waste, water and 
energy. In addition, we continue to focus 
on reducing the carbon footprint of our 
properties. We have long recognised that 
any development activity should mirror this 
and have proactively ensured we minimise 
energy consumption and mitigate the 
effects of climate change throughout the 
design and refurbishment of our centres.

Highlights from 2019:
 „ Retained the Global Real Estate 

Benchmark (GRESB) Green Star Status.

 „ Reduced CO2 emissions by over 15% 
and also reduced gas and electricity 
consumption on a like-for-like basis by 
6%, saving c.£200,000 in costs.  Energy 
intensity has been reduced by 36% 
since 2008.

 „ Of the 3,396 tonnes of waste treated 

99% was diverted from landfill, of which 
63% was recycled and 36% waste to 
energy or incineration.

 „ Food waste initiatives and the Pilot 
‘Don’t Waste’ scheme resulted in 
improved efficiencies.  Cost savings of 
over £60,000 have been identified and 
are being implemented at two centres.  
69 tonnes of food waste was sent for 
anaerobic digestion.

 „ Refillable water units were rolled out 

at Hemel Hempstead, Luton and Wood 
Green with the remaining centres to 
follow in 2020.

Priorities for 2020:
 „ Achieve GRESB Green Star 4 star rating 

and satisfy all carbon compliance 
reporting and legislative requirements.

 „ Reduce gas and electricity consumption 

by 1.5% and water consumption 
(normalised by footfall at landlord 
controlled facilities) by 1%.

 „ Divert at least 99% waste direct from 
landfill and 70% recycled back to the 
supply chain.

 „ As a member of the Better Building 
Partnership and signatory to the 
Climate Change commitment, establish 
a net zero carbon pathway outlining our 
trajectory towards net zero carbon.

 „ Roll out a sustainability awareness 

programme at each centre informing 
our guests and staff on how they can 
make a difference in their daily lives.

38

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   38

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:49:57

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcSTRATEGIC REPORT 
 „ Hosted the first National Sparkle Award 
as part of GEMs to reward those who 
had delivered exceptional guest and 
customer service in 2019.  The GEMs 
programme was also shortlisted for a 
SCEPTRE award.

 „ Supported staff in attending the 

OSS Academy retail management 
development programme.

 „ Successfully launched our decentralised 

management platform across the 
business. 

Priorities for 2020:
 „ To launch a ‘SuperGEM’ category as 

the pinnacle of the GEMs programme.  
Individuals that attain the award will 
become ambassadors of the scheme 
and will provide onboarding, training 
and coaching to new team members.

 „ Creation of centre-specific Responsible 
Business Plans, tailored to the needs of 
the local community.

 „ Completion of the rollout of CARTERHR 
and additional functionality to all staff.

 „ Review how C&R’s culture is defined 
and aligned to the business strategy 
and recruitment, procedures and 
policies and further develop KPIs to 
monitor progress.

PEOPLE
Being a responsible business cannot 
be achieved without the support and 
active engagement of our colleagues. 
They are fundamental to the delivery 
of our business vision to define and 
lead Community Shopping, through our 
passionate creation of vibrant retail spaces 
and exceptional customer and guest 
experience. Our aim is to ensure that we 
promote a progressive company culture.  
Our culture, who we are, how we work 
together and the pride we generate, is 
crucial in supporting the delivery of our 
strategic priorities.  Our culture is one of 
innovation and agility, where we act as one 
team and are held accountable.

Our aim is to engage, develop and reward 
our people, retaining our reputation 
as an employer of choice within the 
sectors in which we operate. We want to 
provide relevant, engaging training for 
all our employees in order that they can 
make their fullest contribution to our 
success and deliver exceptional customer 
service. We set out to provide a working 
environment that supports the wellbeing 
and health of all our people, taking 
account of the diversity of our workforce 
and reflecting our values and ethics.

Highlights from 2019:
 „ Achieved 95% return rate on C&R Pulse, 
our in-house Staff Engagement Survey, 
+11% on previous year.

 „ Employee NPS (Net Promotor Score) 
achieved +32 average for the year 
compared to industry average of +5.

 „ The launch of a dedicated Wellbeing 
resource on CARTER and a review 
of wellbeing arrangements across 
the portfolio, which has resulted in 
improvements and enhancements 
within staff welfare areas.

 „ Successful delivery of the restructure 
of the C&R and Mall People payroll 
systems and rollout of training for 
CARTER HR, the new self-serve online 
HR portal.

NATIONAL SPARKLE 
AWARDS

2019 saw the very first Capital & 
Regional National Sparkle Awards, 
held at the Museum of Brands in 
London, in October. The Sparkle 
Awards, which are part of our GEMs 
programme, are awarded to our 
centre team members who go above 
and beyond supporting our guests 
or retail customers and recognises 
exceptional acts or extraordinary 
guest/customer service. 

In the first year, 83 Sparkles have 
been awarded. The top 21 Sparkle 
Award winners, nominated by the 
General Managers from across the 
centres, were invited to a special 
celebratory lunch. Our judging 
panel selected two runners up and 
an overall National Sparkle Award 
winner. The two runners up were 
Shiraz Kahn, Security Officer from 
The Mall Luton, and Akua Asantewaa, 
Cleaner at The Mall Walthamstow. 
Our overall National Sparkle Award 
winner for 2019 was Des Larkin, 
Cleaner at The Mall Luton. 

The very worthy winner and National 
Award winner, Des, had recently 
moved into a new role cleaning the 
guest facilities. On this particular 
day he was alerted to an elderly 
guest asking for help. Without fuss, 
Des provided assistance, while 
maintaining the guest’s dignity and 
keeping the facilities fully open.  
This particular act of kindness is a 
great example of going above and 
beyond for a guest, and Des’ selfless 
act demonstrates compassion and 
thoughtfulness, leaving a lasting 
impression on the elderly guest and 
his family.

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   39

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

39

06/05/2020   10:49:59

STRATEGIC REPORTAnnual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALResponsible business

Continued

PURPLE TUESDAY

On Tuesday 12th November 2019, 
we joined the Purple Tuesday 
campaign for the second year 
running.  The campaign focuses on 
changing the guest experience for 
people with disabilities and ensuring 
we are accessible for all.

Purple Tuesday, marked the start of 
our pledge to train all our guest-
facing teams in Autism Awareness. 
Once trained, team members will 
receive a recognisable Autism Aware 
pin badge to wear.

Official Sunflower Lanyards for 
those with hidden disabilities are 
now available to collect in all of our 
centres. Wearing the Sunflower 
Lanyard indicates to people around 
you that help may be required.

Being at the heart of the local 
community we are committed to 
ensuring all our guests enjoy their 
experience of shopping with us and 
offer a wide range of services for 
people with disabilities.

THE COMMUNITY 
Fundamental to our strategy is the key 
role our centres play in the ongoing 
development of the communities and 
environments in which we operate. 
We work closely with key stakeholders 
to ensure that we listen, engage and 
use feedback to develop or refine our 
approach. We aim to provide safe, 
welcoming, clean and attractive shopping 
and leisure venues where our guests 
choose to shop, work and socialise. We 
seek to make a positive contribution 
to each local community by being a 
responsible, socially aware and a proactive 
partner.   

Highlights from 2019:
 „ Through C&R Cares we raised over 

£327,000 in 2019.

 „ Sponsored Waltham Forest as London’s 

first Borough of Culture.

 „ Each centre now has at least two 

qualified Mental Health First Aiders.  

 „ C&R were successful in attaining 

Disability Confident Committed status 
in 2019.

 „ C&R joined the Purple Tuesday 

campaign for the second year running.

 „ Partnered with the retailTRUST to 
launch an appeal to support those 
employed at The Mall, Walthamstow 
and who were impacted by the fire 
in July 2019.  Waltham Forest Council 
donated £10,000 and both C&R and the 
retailTRUST donated £25,000 towards 
the fund.

Priorities for 2020:
 „ To continue to work with our local C&R 
Cares charities and at least match 2019 
fundraising.

 „ In collaboration with community-

based groups, service partners and 
C&R teams, develop and introduce 
“back to work” skills workshops to 
help and support members of our 
local communities in returning to 
employment. 

 „ Commit to training all guest facing 

teams in Autism Awareness as part of 
our commitment to Purple Tuesday.

 „ Improve processes for engagement 
with our local communities to gain 
detailed insights into their needs and 
expectations.

Creating a fully inclusive shopping 
experience 
Being at the heart of the local community 
we have a commitment to ensure all of 
our guests have a positive experience 
when visiting our centres. That means 
making sure our facilities are fully inclusive 
and cater to all of our guest’s needs. 
We support people with disabilities by 
investing in areas such as our family 
changing facilities, accessible toilets 
including ‘Changing Places’ toilet facilities, 
as well as other projects such as Quiet 
Hour, Purple Tuesday, and accessible 
events such as ‘Signing Santa’, and we 
continue to support measures that benefit  
everyone.

40

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   40

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:00

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcSTRATEGIC REPORTDEVELOPMENTS IN OUR 
COMMUNITIES
Our centres are often the community focal 
point where people meet, shop, eat, access 
information and services or simply visit to 
be around people. We put great emphasis 
on building relationships with our existing 
communities, making sure they are 
involved and fully engaged in what we are 
doing. We share the view of government 
and expert industry bodies in believing in 
the importance of vibrant, successful and 
active town centres. We continue to evolve 
our asset masterplans, which include 
opportunities to develop our centres so 
that they remain relevant in the rapidly 
changing retail landscape.  

We understand that the process of 
delivering change can have lasting 
effects on the towns in which we work 
and their communities. The views of 
our communities are important and 
welcomed and we seek consensus 
support. We do acknowledge that this 
is not always possible and that some 
groupings within the community will 
seek development outcomes that are not 
aligned with our plans. We operate in a 
manner that is consistent with national 
planning policy and with development 
plans and frameworks locally. We remain 
committed to an open dialogue with 
community interest groups and individuals 
to reach the best understanding and 
accommodation that is possible.  We will 
not always fully agree and where this 
happens will say why. 

In 2019 C&R formally opposed an 
outline planning application by 2020 
Developments, a subsidiary of 2020 which 
owns Luton Town Football Club, for a new 
out of town retail-led development at 
Newlands Park at Junction 10A of the M1 
motorway. The application was submitted 

in anticipation of raising funds to support 
the development of a new football 
stadium on the Power Court site in Luton 
town Centre. We consider that the retail 
development would be damaging to the 
town centre as a whole and therefore 
its role in serving the local community.  
Following our objection, the Secretary of 
State for Housing, Communities and Local 
Government determined not to call in 
the application for review and it achieved 
planning consent in September 2019.  
C&R subsequently lodged an application 
for judicial review to the High Court but, 
this was not allowed to proceed and the 
planning consent stands. 

We remain supportive of the initiative 
by 2020 Developments to develop a new 
stadium for the club on the Power Court 
site for which 2020 received outline 
planning consent in January 2019.  We are 
also supporting Luton Borough Council 
in bringing forward a new town centre 
framework to improve the town centre 
overall and we continue to be active in 
supporting a wide range of community 
initiatives in Luton.

Plans to redevelop The Mall Walthamstow 
to provide increased retail and leisure 
space and c300 new homes received 
full planning consent in July 2018. Since 
then these plans have continued to be 
reviewed and improved, in particular as 
we and Waltham Forest Council have 
worked closely with Transport for London 
to integrate a proposed new entrance 
to Walthamstow Central underground 
station. A public consultation on 
proposed changes to the scheme was also 
undertaken in October 2019.

This Strategic Report, which has been 
prepared in accordance with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006, 
has been approved and signed on behalf 
of the Board.

STUART WETHERLY 
GROUP FINANCE DIRECTOR AND 
COMPANY SECRETARY 
16 April 2020

C&R CARES

In the last 10 years C&R Cares has 
raised over £3.7 million. In 2019 we 
supported 163 local charities and 
raised over £327,000.

Through C&R Cares we have 
supported One Great Day for the 
last four years, raising over £8,000. 
One Great Day raises money for 
Great Ormond Street Hospital 
and is supported by 205 shopping 
centres across the UK. Our centres 
host annual family fun days  and 
our Support Office takes part in the 
annual ‘Race to GOSH’ fun run to 
raise funds.

In 2019, examples of our support 
included:

 „ The Mall Luton hosted YMCA 

Bedfordshire’s SleepEasy event. 
Groups from local schools, 
businesses, Guides, and families 
settled down for the night - both 
indoors in The Mall and outdoors 
in The Mall’s car park.

 „ The event raised over £14,000 
for the vital services provided 
locally by YMCA Bedfordshire, 
supporting people of all ages 
in Luton who rely on them for 
accommodation, and increased 
awareness of rough sleeping.  

 „ The Mall Wood Green raised 

£5,000 in 2019 for the Godwin 
Lawson Foundation, founded by 
the Lawsons to commemorate 
the life of their son,  Godwin,  
who was fatally stabbed in 
2010 in an unprovoked attack. 
The GLF’s key objective is to 
reduce gun and knife crime 
across London.  The Centre also 
held peer-2-peer workshops 
for parents of youths at risk to 
increase awareness. 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   41

27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8

41

06/05/2020   10:50:01

STRATEGIC REPORTAnnual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALDirectors

LAWRENCE HUTCHINGS
Chief Executive 

Appointed: 2017

STUART WETHERLY
Group Finance Director and 
Company Secretary

Appointed: 2019

HUGH SCOTT-BARRETT
Chairman

Appointed: 2017 (first appointed 2008)

RB

N

Lawrence joined the Group in 2017 
following four years at Blackstone in 
Australia, two as Managing Director, 
and has over 20 years’ experience in the 
property industry. Prior to Blackstone, 
Lawrence was at Hammerson plc for 
four years, the last three as Managing 
Director - UK Retail, before which he spent 
almost seven years at Henderson Global 
Investors, latterly as Director (Property) 
European Retail. 

Stuart joined Capital & Regional as Group 
Financial Controller in October 2012, and 
was appointed Group Finance Director 
in March 2019. Prior to joining Capital & 
Regional, Stuart was a Director in Deloitte 
Audit in London specialising in listed 
companies and previous to that Stuart was 
Corporate Accounting Manager at Johnson 
Matthey plc having originally qualified as a 
Chartered Accountant in his first spell with 
Deloitte LLP.

Before moving to become Non-Executive 
Chairman, Hugh was Chief Executive of 
Capital & Regional from 2008-2017. He 
was previously a member of ABN AMRO’s 
managing board serving as Chief Operating 
Officer and Chief Financial Officer and before 
that worked at SBC Warburg and Kleinwort 
Benson. He was educated both in Paris and 
at Oxford University. Hugh is a director of 
GAM Holding AG, a Swiss asset management 
company, and a Non-Executive Director of 
RBR Group Limited, a privately-owned leisure 
group. Hugh will be stepping down from the 
Board at the 2020 Annual General Meeting.

GEORGE MUCHANYA
Non-Executive

Appointed: 2019

LOUIS NORVAL
Non-Executive

Appointed: 2009

NORBERT SASSE
Non-Executive 

Appointed: 2019

George is part of Growthpoint’s Group 
Executive Committee and also sits on the 
boards of some of Growthpoint’s investee 
companies. Working alongside the 
Group CEO and the South African CEO of 
Growthpoint, George has played a key role 
in the implementation of Growthpoint’s 
strategic initiatives both offshore and 
in South Africa. An engineer by training, 
George had career stints in investment 
banking and management consulting 
before joining Growthpoint in 2005.

Louis was a co-founder, Executive 
Chairman and Chief Executive of Attfund 
Limited (one of the largest private property 
investment companies in South Africa) 
until the company was sold to Hyprop 
Investments Limited (a REIT listed on the 
JSE) in 2011. Louis is Executive Chairman 
of Homestead Group Holdings Limited and 
serves on the board of a number of other 
companies including Hyprop Investments 
Limited. He graduated with a BSc (QS) 
(with distinction) from the University of 
Pretoria.

Norbert is the Group Chief Executive 
Officer of Growthpoint and holds a BCom 
and Honours Degree in Accounting 
from Rand Afrikaans University and is a 
Chartered Accountant. Norbert has 25 
years’ experience in corporate finance, 
funds management and all aspects of 
listed property, as well as equity and debt 
capital market experience. He is a Director 
of all major Growthpoint subsidiaries and 
investments in South Africa, Australia and 
the United Kingdom.

42

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   42

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:11

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcGOVERNANCECommittee membership: 

A  Audit committee 

N  Nomination committee 

 Chair of committee

R  Remuneration committee 

RB   Responsible business 

committee

TONY HALES CBE
Non-Executive*  
Senior Independent Director 

DAVID HUNTER 
Non-Executive* and Chairman 
designate

Appointed: 2011

R

A

N

Appointed: 2020

N

IAN KRIEGER
Non-Executive* 

Appointed: 2014

A

RN

Tony is currently Chairman of the 
Greenwich Foundation, NAAFI Pension 
Fund Trustees and the Associated Board 
of the Royal Schools of Music. Tony 
was previously Chief Executive of Allied 
Domecq plc, and has extensive Non-
Executive Director experience including 
HSBC Bank plc and as Chairman of 
Workspace Group plc.

David is currently Chairman of Custodian 
REIT plc and a Non-Executive Director of GCP 
Student Living plc. He is a Senior Adviser 
to ICG-Longbow, the leading real estate 
debt fund manager.  Earlier in his career, 
David was a leading fund manager, most 
significantly from 2001 to 2004 when, as 
managing director of Aberdeen Property 
Investors, he oversaw the business’ £6.5 
billion UK and international assets. In 2004, 
David was the President of the British 
Property Federation.  It is intended that 
David will assume the role of Chairman from 
the conclusion of the 2020 Annual General 
Meeting.

Ian is the Audit Committee Chairman and 
Senior Independent Director at Safestore 
Holdings plc and the Audit Committee 
Chair and Senior Independent Director of 
Primary Health Properties plc. He is also 
Chair of Anthony Nolan. Ian was previously 
a senior partner and vice-chairman at 
Deloitte LLP.

LAURA WHYTE
Non-Executive* 

Appointed: 2015

RB

A

N R

Laura had a long and successful career 
with John Lewis Partnership where she 
served on the Management Board for 
over ten years, firstly as Registrar and 
latterly as HR Director. Laura is also Chair 
of XLVets UK Ltd, a Non-Executive Director 
of the Defence People and Training Board 
of the Ministry of Defence, where she is 
also a member of the People Committee 
and Non-Executive Director of the British 
Horseracing Authority. She is a Trustee of 
The Old Royal Naval College, Greenwich.

* Independent (as per the UK Corporate Governance Code).

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   43

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

43

06/05/2020   10:50:17

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALGOVERNANCESenior leadership team

LAWRENCE HUTCHINGS
Chief Executive 

ROB HADFIELD
Commercial Director

SARA JENNINGS
Director of Guest and  
Customer Experience

→   Read more about Lawrence Hutchings  

on page 42

Rob was previously Group Property 
Director at Debenhams before joining C&R 
as Commercial Director in 2019. Previous 
to Debenhams, Rob held senior positions 
at Costa Coffee and Flight Centre. Rob is 
responsible for directing the leasing team, 
commercial income and temporary lettings 
with a view to driving new leases and 
optimising the use of space across the C&R 
portfolio.

Sara began her retail career working for 
House of Fraser in Store Management 
before joining C&R in 2001. She has held 
a number of positions within C&R before 
taking on the role of Director of Guest and 
Customer Experience. Sara is responsible 
for the day-to-day management of 
shopping centres and leads the integration 
process of newly acquired schemes.

STUART WETHERLY
Group Finance Director and 
Company Secretary

→   Read more about Stuart Wetherly  on 

page 42

JAMES RYMAN
Investment Director

NICK PHILLIPS
Managing Director, Snozone 

As Investment Director, James is 
responsible for driving investment 
performance from our shopping centre 
portfolio. He joined C&R in 2007 and prior 
to that qualified as a Chartered Surveyor 
at Donaldsons Chartered Surveyors 
where he spent 13 years specialising 
in all aspects of shopping centre asset 
management, latterly running the Retail 
Asset Management team.

Nick joined C&R in 2012 as Snozone’s 
Managing Director. Nick started 
his career with Aldi, joining them 
in their embryonic stages in the UK 
as a regional New Store Openings 
Manager in the northwest.  He 
then went on to hold a number of 
positions with Lidl and Whitbread 
plc as David Lloyd Leisure’s Regional 
Director for the south of England 
before becoming their Sales & 
Operations Director for the UK & 
Europe. 

44

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   44

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:28

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcGOVERNANCEHUGH SCOTT-BARRETT
CHAIRMAN

Corporate governance report

Chairman’s introduction

I am pleased to present Capital & Regional’s corporate 
governance report for 2019.

led by our Senior Independent Director, 
Tony Hales, David Hunter has been 
selected by the Board.  David joined the 
Board on 9 March 2020 as a Non-Executive 
Director and is planned to assume the 
role of Chairman on appointment to the 
Board at the close of the forthcoming 
AGM. David will lead the process to 
identify two independent Non-Executive 
Directors to join the Board, to address the 
imbalance of independent Non-Executive 
Directors. While this process has begun, 
the Committee does not expect to move 
to its advanced stages until normal social 
interaction has resumed. 

The Board remains committed to high 
standards of corporate governance, which 
it considers to be critical to effective 
management and to maintaining investor 
confidence. I am satisfied that our 
approach, as embedded throughout our 
business, delivers this and will continue 
to evolve and improve to keep pace with 
changes in best practice and regulation.   

HUGH SCOTT-BARRETT
CHAIRMAN

The primary operational focus of C&R in 
2019 has been on the continued roll-
out of our Community Shopping Centre 
strategy and the repositioning of our 
assets. At a strategic level, the focus has 
been on securing investment into the 
Company to support the Group’s strategy 
and to deleverage and strengthen the 
balance sheet. The Board’s activities 
during the year have reflected this, with 
significant time devoted to ensuring the 
successful completion of what ultimately 
became the transaction undertaken 
with Growthpoint, while ensuring strong 
governance. During the year, the Board 
received detailed briefings on the Takeover 
Code requirements and Directors’ 
responsibilities and held several non-
scheduled Board meetings, often called 
at short notice, as required during a 
significant transaction.  

There have been changes of personnel 
on the Board in 2019. Following the 
completion of the transaction with 
Growthpoint, Norbert Sasse and George 
Muchanya joined the Board and Wessel 
Hamman stepped down.  I would like 
to thank Wessel for his invaluable 
contribution and support to the Company 
and wish him well in his future endeavours.  

As previously disclosed, I will step down 
as Chairman and a Director at the AGM in 
May 2020.  I am pleased to announce that, 
following a robust recruitment process, 

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   45

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

Stock Code: CAL

45

06/05/2020   10:50:31

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019GOVERNANCECorporate governance report

Continued

COMPLIANCE WITH THE UK 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
CODE
The Company has throughout the year 
ended 30 December 2019, complied with 
the provisions of the 2018 UK Corporate 
Governance Code with the exception that 
(i) Hugh Scott-Barrett was not considered 
independent on his appointment as 
Chairman of the Company on 13 June 
2017, having previously served as the Chief 
Executive and (ii) at least half the board are 
not considered to be independent.  

As disclosed the Company intends to 
appoint David Hunter as Chairman 
from the date of the Company’s 2020 
Annual General Meeting who is deemed 
independent on appointment and also is 
seeking to appoint two new Independent 
Non-Executive Directors to address the 
imbalance of independent Non-Executive 
Directors. 

Compliance with the Disclosure 
and Transparency Rules
The disclosures required under DTR 7.2 
of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules 

are contained in this report, except for 
those required under DTR 7.2.6 which are 
contained in the Directors’ Report.

ROLE OF THE BOARD 
The Board has a collective responsibility 
to promote the long-term success 
of the Company for the benefit of its 
shareholders and for the wider community.  
Its role includes reviewing and approving 
key policies and decisions, particularly in 
relation to culture, strategy and operating 
plans, governance and compliance 
with laws and regulations, business 
development including major investments 
and disposals and, through its Committees, 
financial reporting and risk management.  

The Board’s agenda is managed to ensure 
that shareholder value and governance 
issues play a key part in its decision making 
and there is a schedule of key matters that 
are not delegated. The responsibilities, 
which the Board does delegate, are 
given to committees that operate within 
specified terms of reference. The Executive 
Directors take operational decisions and 
also approve certain transactions within 
defined parameters. 

The Company also maintains a Disclosure 
Committee, formed of the Chairman, Chief 
Executive and Group Finance Director, to 
which it has delegated responsibility for 
monitoring the Company’s requirements 
for disclosure of Inside Information. The 
Committee meets as and when required by 
specific events. The Committee is quorate 
with two members.  Where the Committee 
concludes that specific restrictions on 
share dealings need to be enforced this is 
immediately communicated to the Board 
and other relevant individuals. Minutes 
of all meetings are also circulated to the 
Board. 

Board meetings are scheduled to coincide 
with key events in the Company’s financial 
calendar, including interim and final results 
and the AGM. Other meetings during the 
year will review the Company’s strategy 
and budgets for the next financial year and 
the Company’s key risks and financial and 
operating performance.

BOARD COMMITTEES

Audit Committee
Meets at least three times per year
Further information on page 53
Disclosure Committee
Meets as required

Nomination Committee
Meets at least once a year
Further information on page 51

Remuneration Committee
Meets at least twice per year
Further information on pages 54 to 71

Responsible Business Committee
Meets at least twice per year
Further information on pages 36 to 41

Chairman – Ian Krieger 
Members – Tony Hales, Laura Whyte

Chairman – Lawrence Hutchings
Members – Hugh Scott-Barrett, Stuart Wetherly

Chairman – Hugh Scott-Barrett
Members – Tony Hales, Ian Krieger, Laura Whyte

Chairman – Tony Hales
Members – Ian Krieger, Laura Whyte

Chairman – Laura Whyte 
Members – Lawrence Hutchings

Terms of reference for all Committees are available on the Company’s website.

46

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   46

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:31

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcGOVERNANCEVISITING THE BUSINESS 
Getting out and about in the business is 
important for the Board as this enables the 
Non-Executive Directors to see first-hand 
how our assets are run and, importantly, 
meet local teams. This provides an 
experience of the business which cannot 
be replicated in the board room and also 
enables the Directors to engage with teams 
at all levels in the business. Such activities 
give a real insight into how the culture and 
values of the business work in a day-to-day 
setting. The Board generally undertakes 
one or two visits to operational locations 
during the year and holds at least one 
Board meeting at a C&R location other than 
the Support Office.

BOARD BALANCE AND 
INDEPENDENCE 
Details of the Directors including their 
qualifications, experience and other 
commitments are set out on pages 42 to 
43. The Board currently comprises of the 
Chairman, two Executive Directors and six 
Non-Executive Directors.  

The Board reviews the independence of 
its Non-Executive Directors on an annual 
basis.  Hugh Scott-Barrett is not considered 
independent as he previously served as 
Chief Executive of the company within 
the last five years and has served on the 
Board for more than nine years from the 
date of his first appointment. George 
Muchanya and Norbert Sasse are not 
considered independent as they act as 
representatives of Growthpoint Properties 
Limited.  Louis Norval is not considered 
independent as he acts as a representative 
of the Parkdev Group of companies, both 
significant shareholders of the Company.  
This similarly applied to Wessel Hamman 
for the period of time he served as a 
Director. The Board has concluded that all 
other Non-Executive Directors continue to 
demonstrate their independence.  

The Company has well established 
differentiation between the roles of 
Chairman and Chief Executive and written 
terms of reference are available on the 
Group’s website.  Tony Hales, as Senior 

THE BOARD

Independent Director, undertakes regular 
reviews to ensure the distinction of roles 
and responsibilities remains appropriate. 

In the Company’s view, the breadth of 
experience and knowledge of the Chairman 
and the Non-Executive Directors and their 
detachment from the day-to-day issues 
within the Company provide a sufficiently 
strong and experienced balance with the 
executive members of the Board. 

INFORMATION AND 
PROFESSIONAL 
DEVELOPMENT 
The Board schedules five meetings each 
year as a minimum, and arranges further 
meetings as the business requires. Prior 
to Board meetings, each member receives, 
as appropriate to the agenda, up-to-date 
financial and commercial information, 
management accounts, budgets and 
forecasts, details of potential or proposed 
acquisitions and disposals, cash flow 
forecasts and details of funding availability.

Induction training is given to new Directors 
and consists of an introduction to the 
Board and senior management, visits to 
our shopping centres, an induction pack, a 
briefing on governance requirements and 
access to independent advisers. Ongoing 
training requirements are reviewed on a 
regular basis and undertaken individually, 
as necessary.  

1

3

3

2

1

Chairman
Executive Directors

Senior Independent Director
Non-Executive Directors

Independent Non-Executive Directors

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   47

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

47

06/05/2020   10:50:31

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALGOVERNANCECorporate governance report

Continued

BOARD AND COMMITTEE MEETINGS 
The number of meetings of the Board and its Committees during 2019, and individual attendance by Directors, is set out below. 

Board

Committees

Scheduled 

Ad-Hoc

Number of meetings

H Scott-Barrett                                   

L Hutchings 

S Wetherly 
(appointed 11 March 2019)2

T Hales                                 

W Hamman  
(resigned 9 December 2019)

I Krieger

G Muchanya  
(appointed 9 December 2019)

L Norval                                           

N Sasse  
(appointed 9 December 2019)

L Whyte 

5

5/5

5/5

3/3

5/5

5/5

5/5

–

5/5

–

5/5

6

6/6

6/6

6/6

6/6

6/6

6/6

–

6/6

–

5/6

Total

11

11/11

11/11

9/9

11/11

11/11

11/11

–

11/11

–

10/11

Audit

Remuneration 

Nomination

Responsible 
Business 

3

–

–

–

3/3

–

3/3

–

–

–

5

–

–

–

5/5

–

5/5

–

–

–

4

1/11

–

–

4/4

–

3/4

–

–

–

 3

–

3/3

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

3/3

5/5

4/4

3/3

1 Hugh Scott-Barrett did not attend the three Nominations Committee meetings which were held to discuss the recruitment of his successor as Chairman.

2 Stuart Wetherly was in attendance for the two Board meetings that occurred prior to his appointment as a Director of Capital & Regional plc.

At each scheduled Board meeting, the Executive Directors provide updates on their key areas of responsibility. The Committee Chairs 
also provide updates on the work of the Committees and highlight any matters requiring consideration by the full Board.  Other matters 
for discussion are added to the agenda for scheduled Board meetings, or discussed at additionally convened Board meetings, as 
required.

BOARD ACTIVITIES

Key strategic matters discussed in 2019 included:

Strategy 

 „ Received updates on property cycle and sector trends
 „ Considered strategic options for recapitalisation of the business culminating in the transaction with 

Growthpoint

 „ Reviewed strategic options for the further growth and development of the business including external 

presentations on industry trends

Risk and risk 
management 

 „ Reviewed the Group’s principal risks and the risk matrix and internal control systems
 „ Met with the Company's valuers twice in the year via the Board's Audit Committee

 „ Reviewed the Group’s performance against budget and peers
 „ Approved interim and full year results
 „ Reviewed the dividend policy

 „ Discussed the results of the Board evaluation
 „ Discussed feedback from shareholder engagement activities
 „ Received regular updates from the Chairs of the Audit, Remuneration, Nomination and Responsible 

Business Committees

 „ Considered application of the new Corporate Governance code and agreed the appointment of Laura Whyte 

as the designated director for workforce engagement

Financial 
Performance 

Governance 

48

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   48

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:31

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcGOVERNANCESHAREHOLDER RELATIONS 
The Company encourages regular 
dialogue with its shareholders at the AGM, 
corporate functions and property visits. 
The Company also attends road shows, 
participates in sector conferences and, 
following the announcement of final and 
interim results, and throughout the year, 
as requested, holds update meetings with 
institutional investors. All the Directors 
are accessible to all shareholders, and 
queries received verbally or in writing are 
addressed as soon as possible. 

Announcements are made to the London 
Stock Exchange, the Johannesburg 
Stock Exchange and the business media 
concerning business developments 
to provide wider dissemination of 
information. Registered shareholders 
are sent copies of the Annual Report and 
relevant circulars. The Group’s website 
(capreg.com) is kept up to date with all 
announcements, reports and shareholder 
circulars.

Key activities in 2019 included:
 „ Shareholders invited to attend the full 
year and interim results presentations 
in London

 „ Held post-results investor road 

shows covering London, Edinburgh, 
Amsterdam and South Africa

 „ All Directors attended the AGM held in 

London in May 2019

 „ The Remuneration Committee Chair 
engaged with shareholders to seek 
their views on the Remuneration Policy 
implemented in 2019.

 „ Participated in a number of industry 

conferences

 „ Hosted various investor tours and 

presentations at our centres

BOARD EVALUATION 
A formal process is undertaken for the 
annual evaluation of the performance 
of the Board, its Committees and each 
Director. This process is led by the 
Chairman with support of the Assistant 
Company Secretary and each Director 
completes a detailed questionnaire 
covering:

 „ performance of themselves as an 

individual and of the Board together as 
a unit;

 „ performance of the Chairman;
 „ processes which underpin the Board’s 
effectiveness (including consideration 
of the balance of skills, experience, 
independence and knowledge of the 
persons on the Board);

 „ company culture, strategy and risk 

management; and

 „ performance of the Board’s sub-

committees.

The completed questionnaires are collated 
by the Assistant Company Secretary and 
presented to the Board for a subsequent 
discussion. This year’s review found that 
the performance of the Board and its 
Committees continued to be effective in 
dealing with both day-to-day and ongoing 
strategic issues and that sufficient time 
and debate was allocated to strategy, 
which received a high level of support.  
The established Board and Committee 
structure ensured that the governance 
requirements of the business were met.

Recommendations from 2019 
Review:
 „ People and succession planning – 

increase focus on succession planning 
below Board level and developing a 
strong, diverse talent pipeline

 „ Strategy – review current strategy and 
progress against the agreed strategy.

 „ Board skills and composition – review 

Non-Executive Director skills and Board 
requirements to inform process for 
recruitment of new Non-Executive 
Directors

The Chairman also meets as necessary, 
but at least once each year, with the Non-
Executive Directors without the Executive 
Directors present. The Non-Executive 
Directors meet without the Chairman in 
order to appraise his performance on 
an annual basis. This meeting is chaired 
by the Senior Independent Director. The 
Chairman evaluates the performance 
of the Chief Executive having received 
input from the other Directors. The Chief 

Executive evaluates the performance 
of the other Executive Directors. 
Subsequently, the results are discussed 
by the Remuneration Committee and 
relevant consequential changes are made 
if required.

It is the Board’s intention to continue 
to review annually its performance and 
that of its Committees and individual 
Directors. The Chairman has confirmed 
that the Non-Executive Directors standing 
for re-election at this year’s AGM continue 
to perform effectively, both individually 
and collectively as a Board, and that each 
demonstrate commitment to their roles.

CULTURE 
The Board is responsible for defining,  
monitoring and overseeing the culture 
of the organisation and ensuring that it 
is aligned with the Company’s purpose 
and strategy. To foster and support an 
open culture, where all staff understand 
the strategic direction of the business, 
key points arising from strategic 
discussions held by the Board and Senior 
Leadership Team are communicated 
to staff members. This also encourages 
strategic engagement at all levels within 
the Company. The Board receives regular 
updates regarding how the Company’s 
culture and its values, of inspiring creative 
thinking, encouraging collaborative 
engagement, acting with integrity and 
delivering dynamic solutions, have been 
embedded across the business. 

WORKFORCE ENGAGEMENT
The Board agreed in 2018 that Non-
Executive Director, Laura Whyte, would be 
responsible for workforce engagement.  

The Executive Directors hold ‘Townhall’ 
meetings following each Board meeting 
to update all employees on the decisions 
taken and provide an opportunity for 
employees to ask any questions they may 
have. In 2019, regular Townhalls were 
held after each of the key milestones of 
the Growthpoint transaction to ensure 
employees were full informed of the 
process and potential impacts and in 
December 2019 the two Growthpoint 
Board appointees Norbert Sasse and 
George Muchanya presented to C&R staff.  
The Townhall meetings are well attended 
in person by employees in the Support 
Office and by conference call by the 
centre teams. The Responsible Business 
Committee also reviews the outputs of 
the employee engagement surveys “C&R 
Pulse” and the “Team Survey” at Snozone 
on a regular basis.

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   49

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

49

06/05/2020   10:50:32

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALGOVERNANCECorporate governance report

Continued

FINANCIAL AND BUSINESS 
REPORTING
Please refer to: 
 „ page 76 for the Board’s statement on 
the Annual Report and accounts being 
fair, balanced and understandable; 

 „ page 32 for the statement on the status 
of the Company and the Group as a 
going concern; and 

 „ the Strategic Report on pages 1 to 41 
for an explanation of the Company’s 
business model and the strategy 
for delivering the objectives of the 
Company. 

RISK MANAGEMENT AND 
INTERNAL CONTROL 
The Board is responsible for maintaining a 
sound system of internal control and risk 
management. Such a system is designed 
to manage, but not eliminate, the risk of 
failure to achieve business objectives. 
There are inherent limitations in any 
control system and, accordingly, even the 
most effective system can provide only 
reasonable, and not absolute, assurance. 

An ongoing process is in place for 
identifying, evaluating and managing risk 
and the Board is satisfied that this accords 

with relevant corporate governance 
guidance. Key features of the Group’s 
system of internal control are as follows:

 „ The Group’s whistleblowing policy – see 
the Audit Committee report for further 
details.

Steps are continuously being taken 
to embed internal control and risk 
management further into the operations 
of the business and to deal with 
areas of improvement which come to 
management’s and the Board’s attention.

During the year the Board, through 
the Audit Committee, reviewed the 
effectiveness of the material financial, 
operational and compliance controls that 
mitigate the key risks (as disclosed in 
the Managing Risk section). This review 
concluded that all such material controls 
were operating effectively. A statement of 
the Directors’ responsibilities regarding the 
financial statements is on page 76.

 „ Defined organisational responsibilities 
and authority limits. The day-to-day 
involvement of the Executive Directors 
in the running of the business ensures 
that these responsibilities and limits are 
adhered to;

 „ Financial and operating reporting to 
the Board including the preparation 
of budgets and forecasts, cash 
management, variance analysis, 
property, taxation and treasury reports 
and a report on financing. Year end 
and interim financial statements are 
reviewed by the Audit Committee and 
discussed with the Group’s Auditor, 
Deloitte LLP, before being submitted to 
the Board for approval;

 „ Review and approval of the Group’s 
risk matrix twice a year by senior 
management, the Audit Committee and 
the Board as detailed in the Managing 
Risk section of the Strategic Report; 

 „ Anti-Bribery and Corruption policies 
which are communicated to all staff 
and for which compliance reviews are 
conducted on an annual basis; and

50

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   50

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:32

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcGOVERNANCENomination committee report

DIVERSITY POLICY
The Nomination Committee, and the 
Board, recognises the importance 
of diversity in its broadest sense, 
including gender, ethnicity, culture, 
socio-economic background, disability, 
sexuality and diversity of thought, 
perspective and experience.  The 
Board is supportive of the Davies 
Report and subsequent Hampton-
Alexander Report recommendations 
and seeks to ensure that all available 
suitable candidates are taken into 
account when drawing up shortlists of 
candidates for possible appointments.  
The Committee engages with 
executive search firms that are 
signatories to the UK Voluntary 
Code for “Women on Boards" and 
the Voluntary Code of Conduct for 
Executive Search Firms.  The priority 
of the Committee and the Board is to 
ensure that the Group continues to 
have the strongest and most effective 
Board possible, and therefore all 
appointments to the Board are made 
on merit against objective criteria.  

RESPONSIBILITIES 
The Nomination Committee meets as 
required to select and recommend 
to the Board suitable candidates for 
both Executive and Non-Executive 
appointments. On an at least annual basis, 
the Nomination Committee also considers 
succession planning for the Board and 
senior leadership positions. The formal role 
of the Nomination Committee is set out in 
its terms of reference.

The recruitment process for Directors 
typically includes the development of a 
candidate profile and the engagement of 
a professional search agency (which has 
no other connection with the Company). 
Candidate profiles are provided to 
the Committee, which, after careful 
consideration, makes a recommendation 
to the Board. Any new Directors are 
appointed by the Board and, in accordance 
with the Company’s articles of association, 
must be elected at the next AGM to 
continue in office. All existing Directors 
retire by rotation every year.

ACTIVITIES OF THE 
COMMITTEE DURING  
THE YEAR 
Following the announcement in 2019 that 
Hugh Scott-Barrett would step down as 
Chairman and a Non-Executive Director 
at the 2020 AGM, the Committee, led by 
Senior Independent Director, Tony Hales, 
began the search for a new Non-Executive 
Chairman. The Committee engaged 
Odgers Berndtson, a leading independent 
executive search firm with no other 
connection to the Company, to conduct 
an external assessment and a review of 
possible candidates for the role.

Following a detailed selection process, 
the Committee recommended the 
appointment of David Hunter as Non-
Executive Director with effect from 9 March 
2020. It is planned that David will assume 
the role of Chairman on appointment to 
the Board at the close of the forthcoming 
AGM.  David’s extensive Board level and 
Real Estate experience will complement the 
current Board’s knowledge and expertise 
and will provide strong leadership for C&R 
going forward.

Following the completion of the transaction 
with Growthpoint, Wessel Hamman, a 

nominated representative of the Parkdev 
Group of companies, resigned from the 
Board on 9 December 2019 as a result 
of the change in the rights under the 
Relationship Agreement to appoint a 
Director falling from two to one. Louis 
Norval remains on the Board as the 
nominated representative under the 
terms of the new Homestead Relationship 
Agreement. He is not considered to be 
independent. Norbert Sasse and George 
Muchanya were appointed to the Board as 
Non-Independent Directors on 9 December 
2019, in line with the Relationship 
Agreement with Growthpoint. Norbert and 
George are not considered independent as 
they represent a controlling shareholder 
of the Company however, the Board 
considers that this will not impede the 
effective operation of the Board in light of 
the strength and skills of the independent 
Non-Executive Directors on the Board.  

BOARD COMPOSITION AND 
SUCCESSION
Mindful of the Code requirements 
regarding independence, and as outlined 
in the Prospectus published in November 
2019, it is intended that two new 
independent Non-Executive Directors be 
appointed to the Board in the next six to 
twelve months. While this process has 
begun, the Committee does not expect to 
move to its advanced stages until normal 
social interaction has resumed.

The Committee is also cognisant that, 
under the Code, an appointment term of 
longer than nine years is a factor that may 
affect whether a Non-Executive Director 
is considered independent. Tony Hales, 
the Senior Independent Director, will 
have served on the Board for nine years 
in August 2020. It is intended that Tony 
will stand down before the 2021 AGM and 
David Hunter will lead a process for the 
appointment of Tony’s successor as Senior 
Independent Director. 

In consideration of the new requirements 
under the 2018 UK Corporate Governance 
Code in relation to workforce engagement 
Laura Whyte was appointed as the 
designated Non-Executive Director for 
workforce engagement in 2019. Further 
information regarding the Board’s 
engagement with the workforce can be 
found on page 49.

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   51

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

51

06/05/2020   10:50:32

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALGOVERNANCEIAN KRIEGER
CHAIRMAN OF THE AUDIT 
COMMITTEE

Audit committee report

The Audit Committee is chaired by Ian 
Krieger, a Chartered Accountant who has 
recent and relevant financial experience 
as required by the 2018 UK Corporate 
Governance Code. 

The other members of the Committee 
are Tony Hales and Laura Whyte, both 
independent Non-Executive Directors. 
Stuart Wetherly, Group Finance Director 
attended each of the meetings held in 
the year apart from those parts of the 
meeting reserved for the Committee to 
meet privately with the Company’s external 
Auditor. Other senior members of Finance 
and representatives from Deloitte LLP, 
the Company’s external Auditor attended 
meetings by invitation. The Company’s 
Chairman and Chief Executive also 
attended meetings during the year  
by invitation. 

RESPONSIBILITIES
The Committee’s role is to assist the 
Board in discharging its duties and 
responsibilities for financial reporting, 
internal control and the appointment and 
remuneration of an independent external 
Auditor. The Committee is responsible 
for reviewing the scope and results of 
audit work and its cost effectiveness, 
the independence and objectivity of the 
Auditor and the Group’s arrangements on 
whistleblowing. 

REPORT ON THE COMMITTEE’S 
ACTIVITIES DURING THE YEAR
The Committee has a schedule of events 
which detail the issues to be discussed at 
each of the meetings of the Committee in 
the year. The schedule also allows for new 
items to be included into the agenda of any 
of the meetings.

During the year, the Committee met three 
times and discharged its responsibilities 
by:

a.  reviewing the Group’s draft Annual 

Report and financial statements and 
its interim results statement prior to 
discussion and approval by the Board;

b.  reviewing the continuing appropriate-

ness of the Group’s accounting policies;

c.  reviewing Deloitte LLP’s plan for the 

2019 Group audit and approving their 
terms of engagement and proposed 
fees;

d.  reviewing reports on internal control 
reviews on Group Treasury and Prop-
erty Valuation processes prepared by 
management; 

e.  considering the effectiveness and in-

dependence of Deloitte LLP as external 
Auditor and recommending to the 
Board their reappointment; 

f. 

reviewing management’s biannual Risk 
Review report and the effectiveness of 
the material financial, operational and 
compliance controls that help mitigate 
the key risks; 

g.  reviewing the effectiveness of the 
Group’s whistleblowing policy;

h.  reviewing and updating the Group’s 

policy for the award of non-audit work 
to its external Auditor; 

i. 

 considering management’s approach 
to the viability statement in the 2019 
Annual Report;

j.  meeting with the responsible individ-

uals from the Group’s independent 
valuers, CBRE Limited and Knight 
Frank LLP to review and challenge their 
valuations of the Group’s investment 
properties; 

k.  reviewing ongoing REIT regime com-

pliance;

l. 

reviewing reports on the potential 
impact of the Non-Resident Landlord 
Scheme rules and compliance with the 
Non-resident Capital Gains Tax rules;

m.  assessing the provision of Internal  

Audit work and considering whether  
a stand-alone Internal Audit function  
is required

n.  carrying out an annual performance 

evaluation exercise and noting the  
satisfactory operation of the  
Committee.

The Audit Committee has reviewed the 
contents of this year’s Annual Report and 
accounts and advised the Board that, 
in its view, the report is fair, balanced 
and understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders to 
assess the Group’s performance, business 
model and strategy.

52

Capital & Regional plc

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   52

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:34

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comGOVERNANCESIGNIFICANT ISSUES 
CONSIDERED IN RELATION TO 
THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
During the year, the Committee 
considered key accounting matters and 
judgements in respect of the financial 
statements relating to:

 „ Investment property valuation – At 
30 December 2019 the value of the 
Group’s investment property assets 
was £727.1 million (see Note 10b of the 
financial statements for further details). 
The valuation of investment property 
is inherently judgemental and involves 
a reliance on the work of independent 
professional qualified valuers. During 
2019 the Audit Committee met with the 
valuers, considered their independence 
and qualifications and reviewed and 
challenged the valuations for both the 
year end and interim results dates to 
understand the basis for them and the 
rationale for movements in the context 
of both the individual properties and 
the general property investment 
market.

 „ REIT regime compliance – The 

Committee noted that, should the 
Group not comply with the REIT 
regulations, it could incur tax penalties 
or ultimately be expelled from the REIT 
regime, which would have a significant 
effect on the financial statements. The 
Committee reviewed, and were satisfied 
with, management’s assessment of 
compliance for the year and forecast 
compliance for the foreseeable future.

 „ Going concern and covenant 

compliance - The Committee reviewed, 
challenged and concluded upon the 
Group’s going concern review and 
consideration of its viability statement 
with particular focus on the impact 
of the COVID-19 pandemic. The 
Committee’s assessment included 
giving due consideration to the 
appropriateness of key judgements, 
assumptions and estimates underlying 
the budgets and projections that 
underpin the review and a review 
of compliance with key financial 
covenants. 

 „ Impairment of inter-company 
investments and receivables – 
Management perform an annual review 
of inter-company investments and 
receivables to determine the values 
to be maintained in the plc Company 
only and individual subsidiary balance 
sheets. The Committee considered 
the movement over the year and the 

key assumptions, particularly where 
balances were held with reference to 
value in use, as opposed to net assets 
of the underlying entity.

AUDITOR ROTATION AND 
TENDER PROCESS
Deloitte LLP were re-appointed following  
a tender process in 2018. Deloitte LLP have 
been Auditor of Capital & Regional plc 
since 1998. The Committee is committed 
to putting the external audit out to tender 
at least every ten years in compliance 
with legislation and FRC guidance on 
best practice, in particular, ensuring 
independence in respect of potential  
audit firms. Deloitte LLP, under EU 
guidance for mandatory Auditor rotation, 
can serve as auditor until the year ending  
30 December 2023.

In accordance with best practice and 
professional standards, the external 
Auditor is required to adhere to a rotation 
policy whereby the audit engagement 
partner is rotated at least every five years. 
The 2019 audit was the second year 
of Matthew Hall’s tenure as lead audit 
engagement partner. 

EFFECTIVENESS OF THE 
EXTERNAL AUDITOR
The Committee carried out a review of 
the effectiveness of the external audit 
process and considered the reappointment 
of Deloitte LLP. The review covered 
amongst other factors, the quality of the 
staff, the expertise, the resources and 
the independence of Deloitte LLP. The 
Committee reviews the audit plan for the 
year and subsequently considers how 
the Auditor performed to the plan. They 
consider the quality of written and oral 
presentations and the overall performance 
of the lead audit partner.

AUDITOR INDEPENDENCE
The Committee considers the external 
Auditor to be independent. The Audit 
Committee is responsible for reviewing 
the cost-effectiveness and the volume of 
non-audit services provided to the Group 
by its external Auditor. The Group does not 
impose an automatic ban on the Group’s 
external Auditor undertaking non-audit 
work, other than for those services that are 
prohibited by regulatory guidance. Instead, 
the Group’s aim is always to have any non-
audit work involving the Group’s external 
Auditor carried out in a manner that affords 
value for money and ensures independence 
is maintained by monitoring this on a  
case-by-case basis.

The Group’s policy on the use of its 
external Auditor for non-audit services, 
which was reviewed during the year, 
precludes the external Auditor from 
being engaged to perform valuation work, 
accounting services or any recruitment 
services or secondments. The policy also 
stipulates that for any piece of work likely 
to exceed £20,000 at least one other 
alternative firm provide a proposal for 
consideration. During the year, Deloitte 
LLP undertook the following non-audit 
services:

 „ review of the Half Year Results 

(£45,000); 

 „ an agreed upon procedures report 
to verify information relating to the 
vesting of the Company’s 2014 LTIP 
scheme award (£2,500)

INTERNAL AUDIT
The Group does not have a dedicated 
stand-alone internal audit function but 
manages an ongoing process of control 
reviews performed either by staff, 
independent of the specific area being 
reviewed, or by external consultants when 
deemed appropriate. During the year, the 
Committee reviewed reports on Treasury, 
Property Valuations and an assessment of 
material control effectiveness.

While the Committee will continue to 
review the position at present it continues 
to believe that the current size and 
complexity of the Group does not justify 
establishing a stand-alone internal audit 
function.

WHISTLEBLOWING
The Group has in place a whistleblowing 
policy which encourages employees to 
report any malpractice or illegal acts or 
omissions or matters of similar concern 
by other employees or former employees, 
contractors, suppliers or advisers. The 
policy provides a mechanism to report 
any ethical wrongdoing or malpractice or 
suspicion thereof. The Audit Committee 
reviews the process annually and reports 
to the Board on the process and any 
reports arising from its operation. 

IAN KRIEGER 
Chairman of Audit Committee

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   53

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

53

06/05/2020   10:50:34

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALGOVERNANCETONY HALES CBE
CHAIRMAN OF REMUNERATION 
COMMITTEE

Directors’ Remuneration 
Report - Introduction

Information not subject to audit:
Annual Statement

DEAR SHAREHOLDER
On behalf of the Board I am pleased to 
present the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report for the year ended 30 December 
2019. 

The Committee met five times during 2019 
as well as holding informal meetings and 
other correspondence to discuss wider 
remuneration issues. In addition to the 
other Committee members, Ian Krieger 
and Laura Whyte, both independent Non-
Executive Directors, the Chief Executive 
and other Non-Executive Directors are 
invited to attend meetings as required, 
except in circumstances where their own 
remuneration is being discussed.

The Remuneration Committee agrees the 
framework for the remuneration of the 
Chairman and the Executive Directors. 
The Committee approves salaries and sets 
the levels, conditions and performance 
objectives for the annual bonus and share 
awards for Executive Directors. It also 
makes recommendations to the Board 
on matters which require shareholder 
approval.

The terms of reference of the Committee 
are available at www.capreg.com/about-
us/people/board-committees.

We presented our Remuneration Policy to 
shareholders at our last Annual General 
Meeting in 2019 where we received strong 
support with a vote in favour of 87.8%. 
This Policy covers the three-year period 
until the AGM in 2022 and we applied it 
consistently during 2019. 

BOARD CHANGES
As shareholders will be aware, there were 
four changes to the Board during the 
year. Stuart Wetherly was permanently 
appointed as Group Finance Director and 
as an Executive Director on 11 March 
2019. Following the completion of the 
Growthpoint transaction, Wessel Hamman 
stepped down as a Non-Executive Director 
and Norbert Sasse and George Muchanya 
were appointed as Non-Executive Directors 
on 9 December 2019. The remuneration 
for Stuart Wetherly was as disclosed in 
the 2018 report. No exit payment was 
made to Wessel Hamman. Norbert Sasse 
and George Muchanya are the appointed 
representatives of Growthpoint, they do 
not take a fee as Directors. 

Since the year end we have announced the 
proposed appointment of David Hunter 

as Chairman. David joined the Board as a 
Non-Executive Director on 9 March 2020. 
His appointment as Chairman is proposed 
to take effect from the conclusion of 
the 2020 Annual General Meeting on 20 
May 2020. David’s remuneration terms 
are in line with our policy with his fee as 
Chairman being at the equivalent level 
to that paid to Hugh Scott-Barrett during 
2019.

2019 COMPANY 
PERFORMANCE AND 
COMBINED INCENTIVE 
PLAN (CIP)
The Company implemented a new 
Combined Incentive Plan (CIP) in 2019 
following a review and consultation with 
management and shareholders. The 
Committee believes the simpler structure 
of the CIP, with clear performance metrics, 
a reduced overall maximum result and the 
ability to set shorter term performance 
targets is more appropriate to ensure 
incentivisation aligns with strategy given 
the volatile nature of the Company’s 
operating landscape. 

In setting the performance targets for 
2019 the Committee put a weighting of 
80% on Company financial targets with the 
emphasis on metrics including Adjusted 
Profit and Net Rental Income to reflect 
the focus on income generation, Gearing 
to reflect a focus on improved balance 
sheet solidity and cost control to reflect 
the need for financial discipline. 20% of 
targets reflected strategic and operating 
targets including strategy implementation 
and operating metrics that support both 
shorter term performance and longer-term 
strategic progress.

The operating environment during 2019 
was very challenging with a number of 
retailers launching Company Voluntary 
Arrangements (CVAs) or Administrations 
and an uncertain political and economic 
environment. While the Group’s relative 
performance benchmarked well against 
industry peers, both NRI and Adjusted 
Profit decreased, by 5% and 10.2% 
respectively, failing to meet the stringent 
budget targets set and therefore resulting 
in a nil bonus being recognised against 
the NRI and Profit metrics. The Group, 
however, made strong progress on 
addressing Gearing, with the successful 
completion of the Growthpoint transaction, 
cost control, where the total Group 
overhead has been reduced by more than 
£2.5 million or 25% since 2016, operational 
performance, where leasing spreads and 
footfall both outperformed peers and the 
national index and on strategy.

54 Capital & Regional plc

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   54

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:37

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comGOVERNANCE 
WORKFORCE AND SENIOR 
MANAGEMENT PAY
The Committee is regularly updated on 
workforce pay and benefits throughout 
the Group and considers workforce 
remuneration as part of the review of 
executive remuneration. The Committee 
is also tasked with overseeing major 
changes in employee benefit structures. 
It has responsibility for the remuneration 
of the members of the Group Senior 
Leadership Team and is therefore able 
to ensure that the remuneration of the 
Executive Directors is in line with senior 
management and other colleagues.

COMMITTEE AIMS
Our aim as a Committee continues to be 
to ensure we recruit and retain talented 
individuals who are motivated to deliver 
outperformance for shareholders receiving 
a fair base pay with potential for significant 
rewards on delivering strong shareholder 
returns.

TONY HALES CBE 
Chairman of Remuneration 
Committee

EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR 
SALARY INCREASES
Executive Director salary increases, applied 
from 1 January 2020. Lawrence Hutchings 
was awarded a 1% increase in line with the 
general increase awarded to all employees. 
When Stuart Wetherly was permanently 
appointed Group Finance Director in 
March 2019 his salary, reflecting him 
being an internally promoted candidate, 
was set at £275,000. Recognising a strong 
performance in his first full year in the 
role the Committee have awarded a 2.5% 
increase, applied from 1 January 2020. This 
is above the general increase awarded to 
staff but still results in a salary below the 
level paid to his predecessor and external 
benchmarking. All other benefits, including 
pension contributions remain the same 
and in line with policy.

The same 1% awarded as a general increase 
to employees has been applied to the base 
fees paid to Non-Executive Directors. 

The Committee is conscious of the 
increasing focus on pension contributions 
made to Executive Directors and the 
expectation that contributions will 
be equalised with those by the wider 
workforce by 2023. The Committee will 
give careful consideration to addressing 
this point in the course of 2020. 

Mindful of the significant impact of 
COVID-19 on C&R employees, the 
Executive Directors have agreed to take 
a voluntary 20% reduction in salary and 
Non-Executive Directors have also all 
agreed to take a voluntary 20% reduction 
in their director fees for the months of 
April, May and June 2020.  The funds saved 
will be used to support C&R employees 
most financially impacted by COVID-19.

Reflecting the above, the Committee 
determined that an award of 54% of the 
maximum opportunity under the CIP 
would qualify based on the objectives 
set. The Committee then considered 
the Group’s overall profit performance, 
noting the falls in the Group’s NRI and 
Adjusted Profit but that Total Shareholder 
Return over the calendar year had been 
+7.1% (assuming pro rata take up of the 
Partial Offer element of the Growthpoint 
transaction). In consideration of the above 
the Committee considered it appropriate 
to scale back the formulaic CIP outturn 
awards by 5% resulting in an effective 
qualifying percentage of 51% overall.

Shareholders should note that the share 
price used for calculating the share element 
of bonus, 2/3 of the total, was fixed on 
December 30 2019. The ultimate value 
of this award will depend entirely on the 
future share price (including the underpin 
condition), in the short term already 
impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. 
Our incentive scheme is heavily weighted 
to aligning shareholder returns over the 
longer term to management reward.

The Committee considered the overall 
result to be an appropriate and balanced 
outcome, noting that while results in 
absolute terms had seen a decline in NRI 
and Adjusted Profit, significant progress 
had been made in the year operationally 
and particularly strategically, most 
critically in completing the transaction 
with Growthpoint which had significantly 
recapitalised the business. The Committee 
continues to believe that the CIP provides 
the best mechanism to motivate and retain 
Executive Directors.

The current financial year of 2020 is clearly 
a totally exceptional year due to the impact 
and uncertainty of COVID-19. It impacts 
on everything we do as an organisation 
and will clearly impact on our approach to 
remuneration.

LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN 
(LTIP) 
During the year, the performance period 
for the 2016 LTIP award ended. 23.3%  
of the awards qualified for vesting. 70% 
of the Average Annual Growth in Adjusted 
Profit Per Share condition qualified but 
the Total Shareholder Return and Total 
Property Return conditions both fell  
below threshold. No discretion was used  
in calculating the percentage of award  
to vest.  

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   55

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

55

06/05/2020   10:50:37

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALGOVERNANCEDirectors’ Remuneration Report 

Policy

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY 
This part of the report has been prepared in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 and Schedule 8 of the Large and 
Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013 (“the Act”). 

Our Directors’ Remuneration Policy was approved at the 2019 AGM receiving an 87.8% vote in favour.

REMUNERATION PHILOSOPHY AND PRINCIPLES
Our principles continue to be to maintain a competitive remuneration package that will attract, retain and motivate a high quality team, 
avoid excessive or inappropriate risk taking and align their interests with those of shareholders. These principles are designed to:

 „ Drive accountability and responsibility 
 „ Provide a balanced range of incentives which align both short-term and long-term performance with the value/returns delivered to 

shareholders

 „ Apply demanding performance conditions to deliver sustainable high performance; setting these conditions with due regard to actual 

and expected market conditions and business context

 „ Ensure that a large part of potential remuneration is delivered in shares in order that Executives are expected to build up a 
shareholding themselves and therefore they are directly exposed to the same gains or losses as all other shareholders

 „ Take account of the remuneration of other comparator companies of similar size, scope and complexity within our industry sector 
 „ Keep under review the relationship of remuneration to risk. The members of the Remuneration Committee are also members of the 

Audit Committee

 „ Ensure that the incentive structure does not raise any environmental, social or governance risks through compliance with our 

Responsible Business ethics and standards of operating.

HOW THE COMMITTEE SETS REMUNERATION

Salary

Pension

Benefits

Combined  
Incentive Plan

Fixed compensation

Median

Performance-based 
compensation

Performance-based 
compensation

Total = Median or above for above 
Median performance

The Committee benchmarks remuneration against our selected comparator group companies (see page 60) and seeks to ensure 
that Directors’ fixed compensation is around the median in the comparator group. Remuneration is also dependent on the skills and 
experience of the individual and the scope and responsibility of the position.

The Committee view is that by putting an emphasis on performance-related compensation, Executives are encouraged to perform to the 
highest of their abilities. The performance-based compensation is targeted to be at median or above, for above median performance, 
within the comparator group to ensure that outstanding relative performance is appropriately rewarded. The overall effect is that our 
total compensation is at median, or above median, for above median performance.

56

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   56

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:37

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcGOVERNANCEPurpose and link  
to strategy

Operation

Base salary

Reviewed annually effective 1 January to reflect:

Performance 
metrics

n/a

Opportunity

The maximum increase 
applicable in any year is 
capped at 10% of base 
salary.

 „ To aid recruitment, 

retention and 
motivation of high 
quality people

 „ To reflect 

experience and 
importance of role 

Pension

 „ To help recruit and 
retain high quality 
people

 „ To provide an 
appropriate 
market competitive 
retirement benefit

Benefits

 „ To aid recruitment 

and retention

 „ To provide market 

competitive 
benefits 

 „ To support 

physical, mental 
and emotional 
wellbeing

 „ general increases throughout the Company or 

changes in responsibility or role; and

 „ benchmarking against comparator group to ensure 
salaries are about the median level and market 
competitive;

 „ salary increases will normally be aligned to the 

average increase awarded to the wider workforce;

 „ increases may be above this level if there is an 

increase in the scale, scope or responsibility of the 
role or to allow the basic salary of newly appointed 
Executives to move towards market norms as their 
experience and contribution increases.

The Company does not operate a defined benefit 
pension scheme, all pension benefits are paid either to 
defined contribution pensions schemes of each Executive 
Director’s choice or as a cash supplement. 

Executive Directors are 
eligible to receive a pension 
allowance equivalent to up 
to 15% of basic salary.

n/a

Lawrence Hutchings 
receives a pension 
allowance of 15% of basic 
salary.

Stuart Wetherly receives a 
pension allowance of 8% 
at the top of the range of 
pension contributions paid 
to the UK workforce of 
4% – 8%.

For new appointments, 
the Committee will ensure 
that pension contributions 
are in line with that of the 
workforce.

The Company offers a package to Executive Directors 
including:

no maximum

n/a

 „ private medical insurance;
 „ critical illness cover;
 „ life insurance;
 „ permanent health insurance; and
 „ holiday and sick pay.

Benefits are brokered and reviewed annually. 

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   57

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

57

06/05/2020   10:50:37

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALGOVERNANCEDirectors’ Remuneration Report

Opportunity

The plan provides a 
combined annual award 
of up to 250% of salary for 
Executive Directors / 300% 
for the Chief Executive

Targets calibrated so 
maximum pay-out 
represents exceptional 
performance

The maximum combined 
incentive award potential 
in any year will be adjusted 
downwards to reflect the 
year-on-year reduction in 
the profit outturn (if any) 
or if the shareholder return 
over the same period is 
negative.

Performance 
metrics

Performance 
targets set annually 
based on a 100% 
Group financial 
and strategic 
performance 
targets.

2020 objectives 
will be weighted 
80% on financial 
performance and 
20% strategic 
and operational 
measures.

Financial metrics 
may typically 
include metrics 
such as profit, net 
rental income and 
cost management. 

Operational and 
strategic metrics 
may include metrics 
such as footfall 
and strategy 
implementation.

The annual 
nature allows the 
Company to link 
them directly to 
Company strategy 
in a challenging 
macro-economic 
environment and 
ensure that the 
remuneration 
principles agreed by 
the Committee will 
be met. 

Policy continued

Purpose and link  
to strategy

Combined 
Incentive Plan 
(CIP)

 „ To incentivise 
delivery of 
short-term 
business targets 
and individual 
objectives based on 
annual KPIs

 „ To recognise 

performance while 
controlling costs 
in reaction to the 
market context or 
company events

 „ To reinforce 

delivery of long-
term business 
strategy and 
targets

 „ To align 

participants with 
shareholders’ 
interests

 „ To retain Directors 
over the longer 
term

58

Operation

The plan is reviewed annually to ensure bonus 
opportunity, performance measures and weightings are 
appropriate and support the stated Company strategy.

One third of the award is paid in cash after one year. 

Two thirds of the award is deferred into shares. 

Deferred shares will vest in three equal tranches in 
years three, four and five and will be subject to the 
achievement of a relative Total Shareholder Return (TSR) 
underpin. Vested deferred shares will be subject to an 
additional holding period to the fifth anniversary of the 
date of grant. Upon vesting, sufficient shares can be sold 
to pay tax.

Up to 100% of deferred shares will lapse if median 
relative TSR performance against the peer group is not 
achieved. 

Malus and Clawback provisions apply such that the 
Committee has the discretion to reduce or cancel any 
awards that have not been exercised, in any of the 
following situations: 

 „ C&R’s financial statements or results being negatively 

restated due to the Executive’s behaviour;

 „ A participant having deliberately misled management 

or the market regarding Company performance;

 „ A participant causing significant reputational damage 

to the Company; or

 „ A participant’s actions amounting to serious / gross 

misconduct.

 „ the discovery that any information used to determine 
the Bonus and/or the number of Plan Shares placed 
under a Share Award relating to a Bonus Award 
was based on error, or inaccurate or misleading 
information; and/or

 „ failure of risk management; and/or
 „ corporate failure.

In line with UK corporate governance best practice 
the Committee will retain the discretion to adjust 
the payment and vesting outcomes (both upwards 
and downwards) under the CIP to reflect the overall 
corporate performance and shareholder experience. 
The maximum combined incentive award potential in 
any year (300% of salary) will be adjusted downwards to 
reflect the year-on-year reduction in the profit outturn (if 
any) or if the shareholder return over the same period 
has been negative.

The Committee retains the discretion in exceptional 
circumstances to change performance measures and 
targets and the weightings attached to performance 
measures part-way through a performance if there 
is a significant and material event which causes the 
Committee to believe the original measures, weightings 
and targets are no longer appropriate.

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   58

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:38

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcGOVERNANCEOpportunity

n/a

Performance 
metrics

n/a

n/a

n/a

Purpose and link  
to strategy

Executive 
shareholding 

 „ To support 

alignment of 
Executive Directors 
with shareholders 

Non-Executive 
Director 
Remuneration

 „ To reflect 

experience and 
importance of role 

Operation

All Executive Directors are expected to build a 
shareholding to at least 2 x basic annual salary value 
based on current market value or the aggregate 
purchase price of the shares over a five-year period.

Deferred or other unvested share awards not subject to 
performance conditions can count towards the guideline 
in line with corporate governance best practice.

There is a 200% base salary post-cessation of 
employment shareholding requirement for year one, 
reduced to a 100% base salary shareholding requirement 
for year two.

The Chairman and Non-Executive Directors fees are set 
by the Board taking into account the time commitment, 
responsibilities, skills and experience and roles on Board 
Committees. The fees are reviewed annually.

Details of the fees can be found on page 64. The Senior 
Independent Director and individuals who are members 
of both the Audit and Remuneration Committees receive 
an additional fee per annum. 

Non-Executive Directors do not receive any variable 
remuneration element or receive any other benefits.

Non-Executive Directors are reimbursed for all 
reasonable travelling and subsistence expenses 
(including any relevant tax) incurred in carrying out their 
duties.

NOTES TO THE POLICY TABLE
The Remuneration Committee reserves the right to make any remuneration payments and payments for loss of office, notwithstanding 
that they are not in line with the policy set out above where the terms of the payment were agreed: (i) before the Policy set out above, 
or (ii) at a time when a previous Policy, approved by the Remuneration Committee was in place provided the payment is in line with 
the terms of that Policy, or (iii) at a time when the relevant individual was not a Director of the Company and the payment was not in 
consideration for the individual becoming a Director of the Company.

DISCRETION
The Committee has discretion in several areas of Policy as set out in this report. The Committee may also exercise operational and 
administrative discretions under relevant plan rules approved by shareholders as set out in those rules. In addition, the Committee 
has the discretion to amend Policy with regard to minor or administrative matters where it would be, in the opinion of the Committee, 
disproportionate to seek or await shareholder approval.

EMPLOYEE CONTEXT
All permanent employees of the Group, including Executive Directors, receive a basic remuneration package including basic salary, 
private medical insurance, travel insurance, income protection, critical illness cover and life assurance. For all permanent employees 
below Board level, the Company pays pension contributions of between 4% - 8% into either a Group Pension Scheme or individual 
employees’ own pension scheme.

The Committee ensures that employees’ remuneration across the Company is taken into consideration when reviewing Executive 
Remuneration Policy although no direct consultation is performed. The Committee reviews internal data in relation to staff remuneration 
and is satisfied that the level is appropriate. 

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   59

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

59

06/05/2020   10:50:38

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALGOVERNANCEDirectors’ Remuneration Report

Policy continued

COMPARATOR GROUP
In the review of Remuneration Policy that the Company undertook, with assistance from PwC LLP, in 2018 the below comparator 
group was used. The relative size of Capital & Regional in comparison to the constituents was factored into the benchmarking exercise 
performed. In addition to the Companies listed below consideration was also given to the upper quartile benchmarks for the FTSE Small 
Cap.

The comparator group is used as a guide to set parameters and in this context is only one of a number of factors taken into account 
when determining the level and elements of Remuneration Policy. 

 „ A & J Mucklow Group Plc 
 „ Assura plc 
 „ Big Yellow Group Plc 
 „ Capital & Counties Properties Plc 
 „ Countrywide Plc 
 „ Derwent London Plc
 „ Foxtons Group Plc 
 „ Grainger Plc 
 „ Great Portland Estates Plc
 „ Hammerson Plc 

 „ Hansteen Holdings Plc 
 „ Helical Bar Plc 
 „ Intu Properties Plc 
 „ Landsec Group Plc
 „ London & Associated Properties Plc
 „ LondonMetric Property Plc
 „ LSL Property Services Plc
 „ McKay Securities Plc
 „ Safestore Holdings Plc
 „ Savills Plc

 „ Segro Plc
 „ Shaftesbury Plc
 „ St. Modwen Properties Plc
 „ The British Land Company Plc
 „ U and I Group Plc 
 „ Unite Group Plc
 „ Workspace Group Plc

RECRUITMENT OF EXECUTIVES
New Executive Directors will receive a remuneration package that will reflect the Company’s Remuneration Policy within the parameters 
outlined. In certain circumstances, such as an internal promotion, an appointment may be at a salary level discount to reflect experience 
at that point; the Committee may increase it over time on the evidence of performance achievement and market conditions. All new 
Executive Directors’ service agreements will include mitigation of the payment of notice as standard.

The Company will not make an ex-gratia award to new joiners. This excludes amounts paid to buy out individuals from existing 
performance awards. In the event that the Committee proposes to make a significant payment to buy out an individual from their 
existing awards they will first consult with major shareholders. In addition, new Executive Directors appointed towards the end of a 
year may be awarded a notional bonus payment, deferred into shares, to ensure that an appropriate shareholding is built up within a 
reasonable timeframe from appointment. 

SERVICE CONTRACTS
Executive Directors are employed on rolling service contracts with notice periods of twelve months from the Company and from the 
Executive Director. Copies of the Directors’ service agreements are available to view, upon appointment, at the Company’s registered office.

EXTERNAL APPOINTMENTS
The Company allows Executive Directors to take up external positions outside the Group, providing they do not involve a significant 
commitment and do not cause conflict with their duties to the Company. These appointments can broaden the experience and 
knowledge of the Director, from which the Company can benefit. Executives are allowed to retain all remuneration arising from any 
external position. 

SENIOR MANAGEMENT
The policy for senior management remuneration is set in line with the policy for the Executive Directors, with a degree of discretion for the 
Committee to take into account specific issues identified by the Chief Executive, such as the performance of a specific individual or division.

60

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   60

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:38

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcGOVERNANCEEXIT PAYMENT POLICY 
When considering termination payments the Committee takes into account the best interests of the Company and the individual’s 
circumstances including the reasons for termination, contractual obligations, and CIP scheme rules. The Remuneration Committee will 
ensure that there are no unjustified payments for failure on an Executive Director’s termination of employment. The Policy in relation  
to leavers for both the CIP and legacy arrangements is summarised in the table below:

Combined Incentive Plan (CIP)

Within the CIP, a good leaver is defined as those whose office or employment comes to an end because of death, ill health, injury or 
disability, redundancy, or retirement with the agreement of the employing company; the sale of the individual’s employing company or 
business out of the Group or any other reasons at the discretion of the Committee.

For leavers during the award year, 

 „ Typically, for good leavers, rights to awards under the CIP will be pro-rated for time in service to termination as a proportion of 

the performance period, and will, subject to performance be paid at the normal time in the normal manner (i.e. in cash / deferred 
awards as appropriate).

 „ Typically for other leavers, rights to awards under the CIP will be forfeit.

For leavers during the deferral period

 „ Outstanding deferred awards under the CIP will be paid at the normal time, subject to performance against the underpin 

performance condition. The Committee retains the discretion to apply time pro-rating (over the deferral period) for good leavers 
and to accelerate the vesting and/or release of awards if it considers it appropriate. 

 „ Typically for other leavers, rights to deferred awards will be forfeit. 

Legacy arrangements

 „ In normal circumstances the Executive Director will work their notice period and receive usual remuneration payments and 

benefits during this time. The Remuneration Committee can exercise discretion on the leaver being treated as a good leaver for the 
purposes of the LTIP scheme.

 „ In the event of the termination of an Executive Director’s contract and the Company requesting the Executive cease working 

immediately, either a compensation for loss of office payment will be made or a payment in lieu of notice plus benefits may be 
made. The value of the compensation for loss of office will be equivalent to the contractual notice period, pension and benefits 
value. 

 „ The Executive Director may also be considered for a performance-related pay award upon termination. The financial performance 
of the Company and meeting of KPIs and targets is the prime driver for determining whether to make an award and the quantum. 
The Remuneration Committee can exercise discretion on the leaver being treated as a good leaver for the purposes of a pro rata 
cash bonus award.

 „ In the event of termination for gross misconduct neither notice nor payment in lieu of notice will be given and the Executive will 

cease to perform their services with immediate effect.

The detailed treatment of the cessation of employment provisions of the CIP were contained in the AGM circular seeking shareholder 
approval for the new arrangement which is available on the Company’s website capreg.com. 

The Committee will seek to mitigate the cost to the Company. In the event that the Committee exercises the discretion detailed above to 
treat an individual as a good leaver and/or to make a performance-related bonus payment, the Committee will provide an explanation in 
the next Remuneration Report.

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   61

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

61

06/05/2020   10:50:38

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALGOVERNANCEDirectors’ Remuneration Report

Policy continued

TOTAL COMPENSATION 
 „ The minimum scenario is based on nil CIP award;

 „ The on target scenario is based on CIP award at 50% of maximum (i.e. 150% of salary for Chief Executive and 125% of salary for 
Executive Directors), split into 1/3 cash and 2/3 shares (excluding share price appreciation and accrual of dividend equivalent 
payments); and

 „ The maximum scenario is based on CIP award at 100% of maximum (i.e. 300% salary for Chief Executive and 250% for Executive 
Directors) split into 1/3 cash and 2/3 shares (excluding share price appreciation and accrual of dividend equivalent payments).

 „ In addition, the maximum scenario is illustrated based on share price increase of 50% for the maximum share element which could 

be granted for the CIP. 

All figures in £’000

£2,500

£2,000

£1,500

£1,000

£500

£0

Total
£2,220

£429

Total
£1,791

£858

£858

£429

£429

Total
£1,141

£425

£212

Total
£504

£429

£429

£429

£429

Total
£1,017

Total
£1,252

£235

£470

£470

£235

27%
£282

£235

22%
£282

Total
£661

£233

£116

42%
£282

Total
£312

87%
£282

Minimum

Target

Maximum

L Hutchings

Maximum
+50% share price
appreciation

Minimum

Target

Maximum

S Wetherly

Maximum
+50% share price
appreciation

Salary

Benefits

Pensions

CIP – Cash

CIP – Shares

Share price appreciation

CONSULTATION AND SHAREHOLDERS’ VIEWS
During the course of 2018 and early 2019, The Committee undertook a shareholder consultation on the new CIP. Respondents were 
broadly supportive of the proposals though in light of feedback, the Committee adjusted the policy so that the entire deferred portion 
of the CIP would be subject to a performance underpin. The Committee also removed the ability to grant ex-gratia awards to incoming 
Executive Directors. 

Where requested, further clarification and discussion can be provided to all shareholders to assist them in making an informed voting 
decision. If any major concerns are raised by shareholders these can be discussed with the Committee Chairman in the first instance and 
the rest of the Committee as appropriate. 

COMMITTEE EVALUATION
The Committee reviews its performance with Board members and other participants, including through the annual Board evaluation. 

62

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   62

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:38

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcGOVERNANCEDirectors’ Remuneration Report

2019 Remuneration Report

Audited information:

Net Rental Income

Adjusted Profit1

Adjusted Earnings per share1, 2
IFRS Loss for the period
Total dividend per share2

Net Asset Value (NAV) per share2
EPRA NAV per share2

Group net debt
Net debt to property value

2019

£49.3m

£27.4m

36.7p
£(121.0)m

21p

361p
363p

2018

£51.9m

£30.5m

42.3p
£(25.6)m
24.2p

596p
591p

£336.9m
46%

£411.1m
48%

Notes
1   Adjusted Profit and Adjusted Earnings per share are as defined in the Glossary. Adjusted Profit incorporates profits from operating activities and excludes 

revaluation of properties and financial instruments, gains or losses on disposal, exceptional items and other defined terms. A reconciliation to the 
equivalent EPRA and statutory measures is provided in Note 9 to the condensed financial statements.  

2  Per share amounts are adjusted to reflect the impact of the 10 for 1 share consolidation that completed on 15 January 2020.  

SINGLE TOTAL FIGURE OF REMUNERATION FOR DIRECTORS
The table below sets out the remuneration received/receivable in relation to the year ended 30 December 2019. 

Total 
Salary/Fees
Bonus (ii)
2019 2018 2019 2018 2019 2018 2019 2018 2019 2018 2019 2018 2019 2018 2019 2018 2019 2018

Total 
variable pay

LTIP 
vesting (iii)

Taxable 
benefits (i)

Other 
benefits (i)

Total 
fixed pay

Total pay

Pension

£’000

Executive 
Director

L Hutchings

S Wetherly (iv) 

C Staveley (v)

TOTAL

425

222

-

647

383

-

191

574

3

6

-

9

Chairman and Non-Executive Directors

H Scott-Barrett

140

138

T Hales (vi)

W Hamman (vii)

I Krieger (vi)

G Muchanya(viii)

L Norval

G Poitrinal (viii)
N Sasse (viii)
L Whyte (vi)

53

40

48

-

42

-
-
48

52

42

47

-

42

-
-
47

TOTAL
TOTAL ALL

371
1,018

368
942

-

-

-

-

-

-

-
-
-

-
9

3

-

1

4

-

-

-

-

-

-

-
-
-

-
4

8

1

-

9

-

-

-

-

-

-

-
-
-

-
9

7

-

4

11

64

18

-

82

57

-

29

86

218

118

-

336

301

-

136

437

-

-

-

-

-

-

-
-
-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-
-
-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-
-
-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-
-
-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-
-
-

-

8

-

8

10

-

-

-

-

-

-
-
-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-
-
-

500

247

-

747

450

-

225

657

218

126

301

-

718

373

751

-

-

136

-

361

344

437 1,091 1,112

140

138

10

53

40

48

-

42

-
-
48

52

42

47

-

42

-
-
47

-

-

-

-

-

-
-
-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-
-
-

150

138

53

40

48

-

42

-
-
48

52

42

47

-

42

-
-
47

-
11

-
82

-
86

-
336

-
437

10
18

371

-
368
- 1,118 1,043

10
354

-

368
381
437 1,472 1,480

Notes
(i)  Taxable benefits include private medical care and critical illness cover, other benefits include life insurance and permanent health insurance.
(ii) 

 Entries for 2019 represent the cash bonus element of the Combined Incentive Plan and does not include the element deferred into shares subject to 
relative TSR performance. 2018 figures include both the cash and the element deferred into shares, £14k of L Hutching’s 2018 bonus was deferred into 
share for two years. Details of performance conditions are set out below.

(iii)   LTIP vesting represents shares that vested from the 2016 LTIP issue, they are valued with reference to the share price of 14.5 pence per share on 23 

August 2019 being the date the Performance Period ended. Hugh Scott-Barrett’s shares under this issue were awarded from when he held the role of Chief 
Executive. The share price at the original grant date of 23 August 2016 was 59.5 pence per share. Details of performance conditions are set out below.

(iv)  S Wetherly was appointed a Director on 11 March 2019.
(v) 

 C Staveley stepped down as a Director on 15 August 2018 but continued to be a full-time employee until 31 December 2018. All remuneration figures 
shown are up to 15 August 2018 with the total bonus paid of £135,626 pro-rated in the above table. 

(vi)   T Hales, I Krieger and L Whyte receive an additional fee of £5,000 per annum as members of the Audit and Remuneration Committees. T Hales receives 

a further fee of £5,000 as Senior Independent Director. 

(vii)  W Hamman resigned on 9 December 2019.
(viii)  G Muchanya and N Sasse, both appointed on 9 December 2019 as Growthpoint’s representatives, do not receive a fee. G Poiterinal, who resigned on 31 

October 2018, did not receive a fee or any remuneration.

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   63

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

63

06/05/2020   10:50:39

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALGOVERNANCEDirectors’ Remuneration Report

2019 Remuneration Report continued

BASIC SALARY INCREASES FOR EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS:

L Hutchings

S Wetherly

C Staveley

H Scott-Barrett

K Ford

M Bourgeois 

2020

£’000

429

282

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

%

1

2.5

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

2019

£’000

425

275

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

%

11.0

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

2018

£’000

383

n/a

305

n/a

n/a

n/a

%

2.0

n/a

2.0

n/a

n/a

n/a

2017

£’000

375

n/a

299

427

315

n/a

%

n/a

n/a

2.0

2.0

2.0

n/a

2016

£’000

n/a

n/a

293

418

308

241

%

n/a

n/a

2.0

2.0

2.0

4.3

2015

£’000

n/a

n/a

287

410

302

231

%

n/a

n/a

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

Executive Director salary increases, applied from 1 January 2020.  Lawrence Hutchings was awarded a 1% increase in line with the 
general increase awarded to all employees.  When Stuart Wetherly was permanently appointed Group Finance Director in March 2019 
his salary, reflecting him being an internally promoted candidate, was set at £275,000.  Recognising a strong performance in his first full 
year in the role the Committee have awarded a 2.5% increase, applied from 1 January 2020.  This is above the general increase awarded 
to staff but still results in a salary below the level paid to his predecessor and external benchmarking.

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR FEES
The same 1% general increase awarded to staff members has been applied to Hugh Scott-Barrett’s Chairman’s fee of £140,454 and 
Non-Executive Directors’ base fees of £42,448 per annum with effect from 1 January 2020 resulting in increases to £141,859 and £42,873 
respectively.  No increase will be applied to the additional £5,000 per annum for being a member of the Audit and Remuneration 
Committees or the additional £5,000 fee per annum paid to the Senior Independent Director.  David Hunter’s proposed appointment as 
Chairman will be on a fee of £140,000.

George Muchanya and Norbert Sasse, in accordance with the terms of the Growthpoint Relationship agreement, are not entitled to 
receive a fee as Non-Executive Directors.

2019 COMBINED INCENTIVE PLAN AND ACHIEVEMENT OF OBJECTIVES:

L Hutchings
S Wetherly

Maximum CIP 
opportunity as 
% of salary

% of objectives 
achieved

Scale back 
applied 
(5% reduction)

Effective % 
of maximum 
achieved

Cash Bonus 
payable 
£’000

Deferred Share 
award
£’000

300%
250%

54%
54%

95%
95%

51%
51%

218
118

436
235

Deferred share awards are subject to the individual remaining in continuing employment (unless they qualify as a good leaver). Up to 
100% of deferred shares will lapse if median relative TSR performance is not achieved. 

The annual Combined Incentive Plan criteria for 2019 were determined with a weighting of 80% for Financial Objectives and 20% on 
Operational and Strategic objectives.

Group Objectives: Financial Targets (80%)

Performance
Measure

Adjusted Profit1

Adjusted Earnings per share1

Property Level Net Rental Income
Growth in Net Rental Income (excluding 
impact of CVAs)

Cost Management (Central Costs)

Gearing

Total

Threshold

Maximum

% of bonus

Required 
performance

% of bonus

Required 
performance

Actual achieved

Pay-out as 
 % of max.

5%

5%

5%
5%

15%

15%

50%

£29.3m

4.03p

£50.6m
+1.5%

£6.6m

47%

10%

10%

10%
10%

20%

20%

80%

£31.6m

4.35p

£53.3m
+5%

£6.4m

42.5%

£27.8m

3.73p

£49.3m
-5%

£6.5m

46%

0%

0%

0%
0%

18.5%

17%

35.5%

Notes:  
1  The Adjusted Profit and Adjusted Earnings per share targets are adjusted for one-off restructuring/redundancy costs and Directors’ bonuses  

(including NIC).

64

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   64

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:39

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcGOVERNANCEGroup Objectives: Operating Metrics (10%)

Performance Measure

Footfall growth
Leasing performance

Total

% of bonus

Required performance

Actual achieved 

5%
5%

10%

Outperform the Index
–

+1.7% v the index
    +7.3% to ERV 
+20.9% to passing rent

Pay-out as  
% of max.

4.5%
5%

9.5%

Group Objectives: Implementation of Strategy (10%)
In a difficult market, the Company has pursued a strategy to reposition itself, focusing on the strongest sectors of the retail market - in 
particular needs based product areas rather than the more discretionary categories. Cost reduction and alternative use opportunities 
were also strategic aims. The Remuneration Committee considered that delivery of strategy by management had been implemented well 
resulting in outperformance compared to competitors. Strong progress to reposition shopping centres has been made through active 
asset management and careful capital investment, together with the continued progress on restructuring the management platform.   
The committee concluded that an award of 9% of bonus was appropriate. 

Scaling back of award
Having considered the individual outcomes of each performance target the Committee then considered the resulting 54% pay-out in the 
context of the Group’s overall profit and shareholder return performance.

The Committee noted that the Group’s NRI and Adjusted Profit had fallen in the year by 5.0% and 10.2% respectively but that Total 
Shareholder Return over the calendar year had been +7.1% (assuming pro rata take up of the Partial Offer element of the Growthpoint 
transaction). In consideration of the above the Committee considered it appropriate to scale back the maximum awards by 5% resulting 
in an effective qualifying percentage of 51% overall.

DEFERRED BONUS SHARE SCHEME AWARDS
The number of awards and the performance periods for all outstanding Deferred Bonus Share awards are summarised in the table 
below. The awards are subject only to continued employment and no further performance conditions. 

The original number of awards is shown below with the adjusted amount, following the 10 for 1 share consolidation completed on  
15 January 2020, shown in brackets.

Name

L Hutchings

H Scott-Barrett

Date of award

No. of awards

Type of award

08.04.19

23.05.17

56,361
(5,636)
225,040
(22,504)

Nil cost 
option
Nil cost 
option

Face value 
£’000
£141

£1252

Date awards 
are available 
for exercise

28.03.21 

Available 
now

1 Calculated based on the closing share price of 25.45 pence on 28 March 2019.

2 Calculated based on the closing share price of 55.75 pence on 39 March 2017.

Change of control
The Committee agreed that the Growthpoint Transaction did not necessitate any accelerated vesting or exercise of options under the 
Scheme rules.

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   65

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

65

06/05/2020   10:50:39

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALGOVERNANCEDirectors’ Remuneration Report

2019 Remuneration Report continued

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN (LTIP)
The number of awards and the performance periods for all outstanding LTIP awards are summarised in the table below. The Company’s 
Clawback provisions apply during the holding period where the level of vesting may be reduced, including to nil. No LTIP awards were 
made during 2019.

The original number of awards is shown below with the adjusted amount, following the 10 for 1 share consolidation completed on 
15 January 2020, shown in brackets.

Name

L Hutchings

S Wetherly

H Scott-Barrett

Date of 
Award

No. of 
awards

Type of 
award

Face value 
£’000 

23.08.16

08.09.172 1,260,504
(126,050)
18.04.18 1,429,906
(142,990)
226,890
(22,689)
238,757
(23,875)
273,813
(27,381)
283,0684
(28,307)

23.08.16

19.04.17

18.04.18

Nil cost 
option
Nil cost 
option
Nil cost 
option
Nil cost 
option
Nil cost 
option
Nil cost 
option

7505

7656

1357

1425

1466

1687

% of 
salary

200

200

n/a

n/a

n/a

150

Threshold/
Maximum 
vesting 
share price3

Qualified 
for 
vesting in 
the year

Value at 
vesting 
£’000

End of 
Performance 
Period

Holding 
period

see note 
1 below 
see note 
1 below
see note 
1 below
see note 
1 below
see note 
1 below
see note 
1 below

–

–

52,2948
(5,229)
–

–

66,0288
(6,603)

–

–

89

–

–

19.04.20

2 years

18.04.21

2 years

23.08.19

2 years

19.04.20

2 years

18.04.21

2 years

109

23.08.19

2 years

Notes:
1  The performance conditions for the August 2016, April 2017 and April 2018 issues are:

Performance condition

Weighting

Time frame

Nil

Threshold 
(25%)

Maximum 
(100%)

Total Shareholder Return relative to 
the FTSE 350 Real Estate Index
Average Annual Growth in Adjusted 
Profit Per Share
Total Property Return relative to the 
IPD UK Retail Quarterly Property Index

1/3

1/3

1/3

3 years from date of grant

Below index

Above index

Index + 12%

3 financial years from start of 
year of grant
3 years from year end or half 
year end immediately preceding 
grant

Below 5% 

5%

10%

Below index

Above index

Index + 1.5% 
p.a.

2 L Hutchings’ award was granted on 8 September 2017 which was as soon as was practicable following his joining the Company.
3 Straight-line vesting applies for all LTIP issues in between threshold and maximum vesting.
4  H. Scott-Barrett’s awards under the August 2016 issues were reduced pro rata to 13 June 2017, reflected in the table, being the date that he ceased being 

an Executive Director

5 Calculated based on the closing share price at issue of 59.5 pence
6 Calculated based on the closing share price at issue of 53.5 pence
7 Calculated based on the closing share price at issue of 59.5 pence
8 The actual performance against target of the August 2016 issue was:

Performance condition

Total Shareholder Return relative to the FTSE 350 Real Estate Index
Average Annual Growth in Adjusted Profit Per Share
Total Property Return relative to the IPD UK Retail Quarterly Property Index

9 Calculated based on the closing share price at vesting of 14.5 pence 

Performance

Below index
+7.4%
Below index
Total

Vesting

0%
70%
0%
23.3%

Vesting of August 2016 LTIP issue
The performance period for the August 2016 LTIP issue ended during the year. 23.3% of awards qualified for vesting as 70% of the 
Average Annual Growth in Adjusted Profit Per Share condition qualified but the Total Shareholder Return and Total Property Return 
conditions both fell below threshold.

Early vesting of awards
Where a liquidity event triggers early vesting the Committee will prorate awards for performance and, other than in exceptional 
circumstances, for time. In the event of a capital raising or any other such event that would have a dilutive impact upon the awards the 
Remuneration Committee may, in line with the scheme rules, adjust the awards granted to take account of this. The Committee agreed 
that the Growthpoint Transaction did not necessitate any accelerated vesting or exercise of options under the Scheme rules.

66

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   66

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:39

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcGOVERNANCEEXIT PAYMENTS AND PAYMENTS TO PAST DIRECTORS
No exit payments were awarded to Directors in 2019. Neither were any payments made to past Directors.

2020 COMBINED INCENTIVE PLAN (CIP)
The Committee will continue to set stretching performance targets, with financial performance metrics forming at least 80% of the 
metrics used. The remaining 20% will be subject to strategic and operational measures, providing a link between financial and strategic 
out-turns. 

Adjusted Profit

Net Rental Income

Cost Management

Gearing

Total Financial:

Operating metrics

Footfall against benchmark

Leasing performance

Strategy Implementation
Total Operational and Strategic:

% of max.

20%

20%

20%

20%

80%

10%

10%
20%

Pay-out levels for threshold performance will remain controlled at a minimum of 25% of the CIP and maximum pay-out will represent 
"exceptional performance". Target performance levels of pay-out will be at 50%.  

Detailed targets have not been disclosed due to their commercially sensitive nature. The targets and the extent to which they have been 
achieved will be published in full in the 2020 Directors' Remuneration Report. 

PERFORMANCE GRAPH
The graph below illustrates the Company’s Total Shareholder Return (i.e. share price growth plus dividends paid) performance compared 
to the FTSE All-Share and FTSE 350 Real Estate indices as these indices provide a measure of a sufficiently broad equity market against 
which the Company considers that it is suitable to compare itself. The graph shows how the total return on a £100 investment in the 
Company made on 31 December 2009 would have changed over the ten-year period measured, compared with the total return on a 
£100 investment in the comparable indices.

300

200

150

100

50

0

D e c-0 9

Capital & Regional plc

FTSE All-Share

FTSE Real Estate

D e c-10

D e c-11

D e c-12

D e c-13

D e c-14

D e c-15

D e c-16

D e c-17

D e c-18

D e c-19

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   67

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

67

06/05/2020   10:50:40

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALGOVERNANCEDirectors’ Remuneration Report

2019 Remuneration Report continued

 The table below sets out the total remuneration of the Chief Executive, over the same period as the Total Shareholder Return graph. The 
quantum of Annual Incentive awards granted each year and long-term incentive vesting rates are given as a percentage of the maximum 
opportunity available.

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

2015
£’000

2014
£’000

2013
£’000

2012
£’000

2011
£’000

2010
£’000

Total remuneration  
(L Hutchings)
Total remuneration 
(H Scott-Barrett)
Annual bonus (% of 
max) (L Hutchings)
Annual bonus (% of 
max) (H Scott–Barrett)
LTIP vesting (% of 
max) (L Hutchings)
LTIP vesting (% of 
max) (H Scott-Barrett)

718

752

393

n/a

–

–

564

2,112

51%

53%

45%

n/a

n/a

796

n/a

n/a

833

n/a

n/a

651

n/a

n/a

765

n/a

n/a

536

n/a

n/a

–

n/a

–

n/a

–

70%

70%

85%

40%

69%

71%

n/a

n/a

n/a

35.26%

91.85%

n/a

–

n/a

–

n/a

–

n/a

–

n/a

–

n/a

302

n/a

–

n/a

–

PERCENTAGE INCREASE IN CHIEF EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION VERSUS THE WIDER WORKFORCE 
IN 2019
The percentage change in the remuneration of the Chief Executive Officer between 2018 and 2019 compared to that of employees 
generally was as follows:

Salary 
All taxable benefits
Annual bonuses

Notes: 

CEO
+11%
No change
-28%2

Employee 
group1

+2%
No change
+9.7%

1  Calculated on a like-for-like basis with reference to employees of Capital & Regional plc and Capital & Regional Property Management who have been at the 

Company for the entirety of the current and prior years.

2  The introduction of the CIP in 2019 means that the 2018 and 2019 bonus award for the Chief Executive are not directly comparable. The 2018 figure 

included deferred bonus and a higher potential award level than the 2019 cash bonus award potential.

The Committee approved an increase in the Chief Executive’s salary of 11% and further detail regarding this decision was include in the 
2018 Annual Report. As outlined in the Remuneration Policy approved in 2019, going forward the maximum increase in any year will be 
capped at 10% of base salary. 

CHIEF EXECUTIVE PAY RATIO
The Company has less than 250 employees and is therefore not required to disclose the ratio between the Chief Executive’s pay and the 
pay of other employees in the Company, as outlined in the Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations 2018. The ratio of the Chief 
Executive’s pay to the average employees’ pay is taken into consideration when setting Executive remuneration and the ratio (excluding 
Directors) was 6.3:1 (£425,000: £67,976).

RELATIVE IMPORTANCE OF SPEND ON PAY COMPARED TO DISTRIBUTIONS TO SHAREHOLDERS

Employee costs (per Note 7 of the financial statements)
Dividends paid (Total of Interim and Final Dividend for the respective year)

2019
£m

11.2
18.6

2018
£m

11.6
17.5

%
-3.4%
+6.3%

68

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   68

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:40

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcGOVERNANCEDIRECTORS’ SERVICE AGREEMENTS AND LETTERS OF APPOINTMENT
Unexpired term 
of appointment

Date of service agreement

Name

Notice period

Potential
termination payment

Executive Directors

L Hutchings

S Wetherly

Non-Executive Directors

H Scott-Barrett
L Norval
T Hales
I Krieger
L Whyte
G Muchanya
N Sasse
D Hunter

Rolling contract

13 June 2017

12 months

Rolling contract

11 March 2019

12 months

12 months’ salary 
and benefits value
12 months’ salary
 and benefits value

Rolling contract
Rolling contract
Rolling contract
Rolling contract
Rolling contract
Rolling contract
Rolling contract
Rolling contract

Date of initial appointment

9 March 20081
15 September 2009
1 August 2011
1 December 2014
1 December 2015
9 December 2019
9 December 2019
9 March 2020

6 months
No notice
No notice
No notice
No notice
No notice
No notice
6 months

None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None

1  Hugh Scott-Barrett’s contract was amended on 13 June 2017 when he ceased to be Chief Executive and became the Non-Executive Chairman. He will step 

down from the Board at the 2020 AGM.

Non-Executive Directors are all appointed on rolling contracts with no notice period save for Hugh Scott-Barrett who as Chairman has a 
six month notice period. All Directors stand for re-election annually and Board appointments automatically terminate in the event of a 
Director not being re-elected by shareholders. Copies of the Directors’ service agreements are available to view, upon appointment, at 
the Company’s registered office.

EXTERNAL APPOINTMENTS
No Executive Directors held external positions during the year. 

WORKFORCE ENGAGEMENT   
The Committee is regularly updated on workforce pay and benefits throughout the Group and considers workforce remuneration as part 
of the review of executive remuneration. The Committee did not engage directly with employees in regard to executive pay but reviews 
feedback from employee surveys and takes this into account when setting pay. The Committee is also tasked with overseeing major 
changes in employee benefit structures. It has responsibility for the remuneration of the members of the Group Senior Leadership Team 
and is therefore able to ensure that the remuneration of the Executive Directors is in line with senior management and other colleagues.

INTERESTS IN SHARES
The Directors and, where relevant, their connected persons (within the meaning of Section 252 of the Companies Act 2006) were 
beneficially interested in the ordinary share capital of the Company at the dates shown in the table. This excludes unvested LTIP share 
awards; these are disclosed separately on page 66.

H Scott-Barrett
L Hutchings
S Wetherly
T Hales
W Hamman
I Krieger
G Muchanya
L Norval
N Sasse
L Whyte

30 December 2019
Shares

30 December 2018
Shares

2,434,300
55,676
202,906
412,743
–
105,500
–
94,073,908
383,357
80,000

3,540,000
79,790
–
600,000
–
103,133
–
135,913,866
–
78,852

Louis Norval is beneficially interested in the shares registered in the name of MStead Limited and PDI Investment Holdings Limited.  
Wessel Hamman, by virtue of being the other nominated representative Director of the Parkdev Group of companies until 9 December 
2019, was connected to the MStead Limited, PDI Investment Holdings Limited and other related shareholdings but did not personally 
have a beneficial interest in any of these holdings.

On 17 December 2019 all Directors participated in the partial cash offer by Growthpoint to acquire shares in the Company, representing 
approximately 30% of their existing shareholdings.  

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   69

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

69

06/05/2020   10:50:40

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALGOVERNANCEDirectors’ Remuneration Report

2019 Remuneration Report continued

Following the 10 for 1 share consolidation that completed on 15 January 2020 the revised beneficial shareholdings of Directors are 
detailed below. The revised figures include share dealings by Directors between 31 December 2019 and 15 January 2020.

H Scott-Barrett
L Hutchings
S Wetherly
T Hales
I Krieger
G Muchanya
L Norval
N Sasse
L Whyte

15 January 2020
Shares

243,428
5,566
20,289
41,274
10,550
–
9,407,387
38,335
7,998

The following were the only transactions impacting the above shareholdings between 15 January 2020 and 15 April 2020, being the latest 
practicable date prior to the issue of this report.

 „ On 14 March 2020, Philip Mickelborough, the husband of Laura Whyte, acquired 18,500 ordinary shares
 „ On 18 March 2020, David Hunter, following his appointment on 9 March 2020, acquired 65,000 ordinary shares

EXECUTIVE SHARE OWNERSHIP 
All Executive Directors are expected to build a shareholding to at least 2 x basic annual salary value based on current market value or the 
aggregate purchase price of the shares over a five-year period.

There is no set timescale for Executive Director to reach the prescribed target but they are expected to retain net shares received on the 
vesting of long-term incentive awards until the target is achieved. Shares that count towards the holding guideline are unfettered and 
beneficially owned by the Executive Directors and their connected persons. 

Executive Directors

L Hutchings
S Wetherly

Time from appointment as 
Executive Director

Target % of 
salary

Target  
currently met?

2 year 6 months
9 months

200
200

No
No

POST CESSATION SHAREHOLDING REQUIREMENTS
There is a 200% base salary post-cessation of employment shareholding requirement for year one, reduced to a 100% base salary 
shareholding requirement for year two for Executive Directors.

COMMITTEE EVALUATION
The Committee reviewed its performance with Board members and other participants, including through the annual Board evaluation.  
As part of its review, the Committee updated its Terms of Reference in 2019 to reflect latest governance best practice and requirements 
and the requirements of the 2019 UK Corporate Governance Code. 

ADVISERS
Across 2018 and 2019, the Committee received advice from independent remuneration consultants PwC LLP to support the detailed 
review of the remuneration policy, the remuneration reporting regulations and corporate governance changes and to provide advice on 
an ad hoc basis. PwC LLP’s fees for this advice were £55,000, which were charged on a time/cost basis. No other services were provided 
by PwC LLP during the course of 2019.

PwC LLP is a member of the Remuneration Consultants’ Group, and as such chooses to operate pursuant to a code of conduct that 
requires remuneration advice to be given objectively and independently. PwC were appointed by the Remuneration Committee, 
following a robust tender process. The Committee is satisfied that the advice provided by PwC LLP in relation to remuneration matters is 
objective and independent. 

PwC LLP had no other connection with the Company or individual Directors in 2019.

70

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   70

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:40

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcGOVERNANCECONSULTATION AND SHAREHOLDERS’ VIEWS
In 2019 Tony Hales, the Committee Chair, engaged extensively with shareholders during the development of the 2019 Remuneration 
Policy. The Chair corresponded with shareholders representing over 60% of the Company’s share register. The Chair also engaged with 
ISS and the Investment Association to ask for their views on the proposed policy. The Committee reviewed and considered all feedback 
received as part of their discussions when finalising the policy. Following publication of the policy, and ahead of the AGM the Committee 
received further feedback from shareholders and in response to this feedback announced that following changes to the policy would be 
made:

 „ the removal of the ability to grant an ex gratia award to an incoming Executive Director; and
 „ the maximum combined incentive award potential in any year (300% of salary) will be adjusted downwards to reflect the year on year 

reduction in the profit out-turn (if any) or if the shareholder return over the same period has been negative.

Shareholder voting on the Directors’ Remuneration Policy and Remuneration Report, which were tabled at the 16 May 2019 AGM, was as 
follows:

Resolution

For

% For

Against

% Against

Voted Votes Withheld

Total Shares 

To approve the Directors’ Remuneration 
Policy
To approve the annual report on Directors’ 
remuneration

TONY HALES CBE 
Chairman of Remuneration Committee

458,092,583

87.78%

63,784,926

12.22% 521,877,509

25,932,411

426,359,828

89.52%

49,887,357

10.48% 476,247,185

71,562,735

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   71

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

71

06/05/2020   10:50:40

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALGOVERNANCEDirectors’ Report 

BUSINESS REVIEW
Information on the Group’s business, which is required by section 417 of the Companies Act 2006, can be found in the Strategic Report 
on pages 1 to 41 which is incorporated into this report by reference. This includes our statutory reporting on greenhouse gas emissions. 
A report on corporate governance and compliance with the provisions of the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code and Disclosure and 
Transparency Rules, which forms part of this Directors’ Report, is set out on pages 45 to 51.

The results for the year are shown in the Group income statement on page 86. There were no reportable events after the balance sheet 
date. The use of financial derivatives is set out in Note 18 to the financial statements.

The purpose of this annual report is to provide information to the members of the Company. The annual report contains certain 
forward-looking statements with respect to the operations, performance and financial condition of the Group. By their nature, these 
statements involve uncertainty since future events and circumstances can cause results and developments to differ materially from 
those anticipated. The forward-looking statements reflect knowledge and information available at the date of preparation of this annual 
report and the Group undertakes no obligation to update them. Nothing in this annual report should be construed as a profit forecast.

DIVIDENDS
An interim dividend of 1.00 pence per share (2018: 1.82 pence per share) was paid on 27 December 2019, all as a Property Income 
Distribution (PID). 

On 15 January 2020 the Company completed a share consolidation whereby every ten Ordinary Shares of 1 pence each were 
consolidated into one ordinary share of 10 pence each. Further details can be found in Note 19 to the Financial Statements.

The Directors recommend a final dividend of 11 pence per share all to be paid as a Property Income Distribution (PID). This will result in 
a total distribution for the year ended 30 December 2019 equivalent to 21 pence per new share (2018: 24.2 pence per share on the same 
equivalent basis). 

Subject to approval of shareholders at the Annual General Meeting (AGM) on Wednesday, 20 May 2020, the final dividend will be paid on 
Thursday, 26 June 2020. The key dates are set out as below:

 „ Confirmation of ZAR equivalent dividend 
 „ Last day to trade on Johannesburg Stock Exchange (JSE) 
 „ Shares trade ex-dividend on the JSE 
 „ Shares trade ex-dividend on the London Stock Exchange (LSE) 
 „ Record date for LSE and JSE 
 „ Dividend payment date/despatch of share certificates 

Thursday, 21 May 2020

Tuesday, 2 June 2020

Wednesday, 3 June 2020

Thursday, 4 June 2020

Friday, 5 June 2020

Thursday, 24 June 2020

A scrip offer will be made available subject to approval at the Annual General Meeting. South African shareholders are advised that the 
final dividend will be regarded as a foreign dividend. Further details relating to Withholding Tax for shareholders on the South African 
register will be provided within the announcement detailing the currency conversion rate on Thursday, 21 May 2020. Share certificates 
on the South African register may not be dematerialised or rematerialised between Wednesday, 3 June 2020 and Friday, 5 June 2020, 
both dates inclusive. Transfers between the UK and South African registers may not take place between Thursday, 21 May 2020 and 
Friday, 5 June 2020, both dates inclusive. 

PROPERTY INCOME DISTRIBUTIONS (PIDS)
As a UK REIT, Capital & Regional plc is exempt from corporation tax on rental income and gains on UK investment properties but is 
required to pay Property Income Distributions (PIDs). UK shareholders will be taxed on PIDs received at their full marginal tax rates. A 
REIT may in addition pay normal dividends. 

For most shareholders, PIDs will be paid after deducting withholding tax at the basic rate. However, certain categories of UK shareholder 
are entitled to receive PIDs without withholding tax, principally UK resident companies, UK public bodies, UK pension funds and 
managers of ISAs, PEPs and Child Trust Funds. Further information on UK REITs is available on the Company’s website, including a form 
to be used by shareholders to certify if they qualify to receive PIDs without withholding tax. 

PIDs paid to shareholders on the South African share register are subject to UK withholding tax at 20%. South African shareholders may 
apply to Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs after payment of the PID for a refund of the difference between the 20% withholding tax 
and the prevailing UK/South African double tax treaty rate. Other overseas shareholders may be eligible to apply for similar refunds of 
UK withholding tax under the terms of the relevant tax treaties.

72

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   72

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:40

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcGOVERNANCEDIRECTORS
The names and biographical details of the present Directors of the Company are given on pages 42 to 43. Wessel Hamman’s resignation 
was effective from 9 December 2019. Norbert Sasse and George Muchanya were appointed on 9 December 2019. All other Directors 
served for the full year. 

All current Directors will retire and, being eligible, offer themselves for re-election at the 2020 Annual General Meeting. 

Directors’ interests in the share capital and equity of the Company at the year-end are contained in the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
on page 69 to 70. There were no contracts of significance subsisting during or at the end of the year in which a Director of the Company 
was materially interested. No Director had a material interest in the share capital of other Group companies during the year.

Pursuant to the Homestead Relationship Agreement that the Company entered into in 2019, the Company agrees, upon request, to 
appoint one Non-Executive Director nominated by the Homestead Group to the Board for so long as they own 6% or more of the issued 
ordinary share capital in the Company. Louis Norval is the Homestead nominated Non-Executive Director. 

Pursuant to the Growthpoint Relationship Agreement that the Company entered into in 2019, the Company agrees, upon request, 
to appoint two Non-Executive Directors nominated by Growthpoint to the Board for so long as they own 20% or more of the issued 
ordinary capital in the Company and one Non-Executive Director to the Board if they own less than 20%, but not less than 15%. George 
Muchanya and Norbert Sasse are the Growthpoint nominated Non-Executive Directors.

All other Directors are appointed in a personal capacity.

The Company maintains insurance for the Directors in respect of liabilities arising from the performance of their duties.

LISTING RULE 9.8.4R DISCLOSURES
The following table sets out where disclosures required in compliance with Listing Rule 9.8.4R are located.

Interest capitalised and tax relief
Details of long-term incentive schemes
Waiver of emoluments by a Director
Waiver of future emoluments by a Director
Non pre-emptive issues of equity for cash
Non pre-emptive issues of equity for cash by major subsidiary 
undertakings
Parent company participation in a placing by a listed subsidiary
Contracts of significance
Provision of services by a controlling shareholder
Shareholder waivers of dividends
Shareholder waivers of future dividends
Agreements with controlling shareholders

n/a
Page 66
Page 64
Page 64
n/a
n/a

n/a
n/a
n/a
Shares held by Employee Share Ownership Trust – see section below
Shares held by Employee Share Ownership Trust – see section below
n/a

SUBSTANTIAL SHAREHOLDINGS 
As at 15 April 2020 (the latest practicable date prior to the issue of this report) the Company has been notified of the following interests 
in its issued ordinary share capital:

Growthpoint
Mstead Limited
Peens Family Holdings
PDI Investment Holdings
ICAMAP Investments

MStead Limited and PDI Investment Holdings are part of the Homestead Group of investors.

No. of shares

53,123,818
5,235,729
4,342,236
4,136,550
3,709,725

%

51.14
5.04
4.18
3.98
3.57

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   73

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

73

06/05/2020   10:50:40

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALGOVERNANCEDirectors’ Report 

continued

SHARE CAPITAL 
As at 30 December 2019 the Company’s total issued share capital 
was 1,038,840,380 ordinary shares of 1 pence each, all with equal 
voting rights. The changes in the Company’s Issued share capital 
during 2019 are detailed in Note 19 to the financial statements. 

The Company has a Secondary Listing of shares on the 
Johannesburg Stock Exchange (JSE). At 30 December 2019, 
58,738,414 of the Company’s shares were held on the JSE share 
register representing 5.7% of the total shares in issue.

On 15 January 2020 the Company completed a share consolidation 
whereby every ten Ordinary Shares of 1 pence each were 
consolidated into one ordinary share of 10 pence each; this 
resulted in 103,884,025 shares being in circulation.

CHANGE IN CONTROL
The Group’s £15 million revolving credit facility can be called in 
if there is a change in direct control of the borrower, Capital & 
Regional Holdings of 50% or more of its issued share capital. 

The Group’s £39 million debt facility in respect of The Exchange 
Centre, Ilford allows the lender to potentially demand repayment 
of the facility with 120 days’ notice following an individual or entity 
taking control of 50% or more of Capital & Regional plc’s shares. 
The lender consented to the change of control occurring by virtue 
of Growthpoint Properties Limited’s acquisition of a 51.2% interest 
in Capital & Regional plc.

In addition, certain potential tax liabilities could be crystallised in 
some circumstances where there are varying degrees of change of 
ownership of the Group’s shares.

Furthermore, the Group could lose its status as a REIT as a result 
of the actions of third parties (for example, in the event of a 
successful takeover by a company that is not a REIT and which 
does not, unlike Growthpoint Properties Limited, qualify as an 
"institutional investor" for REIT purposes) or due to a breach of 
the close company condition if it is unable to remedy the breach 
within a specified period.

PURCHASE OF OWN SHARES
The Company did not make any purchases of its own shares 
during 2019 or up to 15 April 2020, being the latest practicable 
date prior to the issue of this report. 

The Company was authorised by shareholders at the 2019 AGM 
held on 16 May 2020 to purchase up to a maximum of 10.0% of 
its ordinary shares in the market. This authority will expire at the 
2020 AGM and the Directors will be seeking a new authority for 
the Company to purchase its ordinary shares. This will only be 
exercised if market and financial conditions make it advantageous 
to do so. 

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
The rules governing the appointment and replacement of 
Directors are contained in the Company’s Articles of Association. 
Changes to the Articles of Association must be approved by 
shareholders in accordance with the legislation in force from time 
to time.

SHARES HELD BY EMPLOYEE SHARE 
OWNERSHIP TRUST
At 30 December 2019 the Capital & Regional Employee Share 
Ownership Trust held 608,694 shares in the Company. The shares 
held by the Trust are registered in the nominee name, Forest 
Nominees Limited, and a dividend waiver is in place to cover the 
entire holding.

HUMAN RIGHTS
The Group operates in the UK and Jersey and, as such, is subject 
to the European Convention on Human Rights and the UK Human 
Rights Act 1998.

The Group respects all human rights and in conducting its 
business the Group regards those rights relating to non-
discrimination, fair treatment and respect for privacy to be the 
most relevant and to have the greatest potential impact on its key 
stakeholder groups of customers, employees and suppliers.

The Board has overall responsibility for ensuring the Group 
upholds and promotes respect for human rights. The Group 
seeks to anticipate, prevent and mitigate any potential negative 
human rights impacts as well as enhance positive impacts 
through its policies and procedures and, in particular, through its 
policies regarding employment, equality and diversity, treating its 
stakeholders and customers fairly and information security. Group 
policies seek to ensure that employees comply with the relevant 
legislation and regulations in place to promote good practice. 
The Group’s policies are formulated and kept up to date and 
communicated to all employees through the Staff Policy Manual. 
The Group has not been made aware of any incident in which the 
organisation’s activities have resulted in an abuse of human rights.

74

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   74

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:40

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcGOVERNANCEEMPLOYEES
The Group is committed to a policy that treats all of its employees and job applicants equally. No employee or potential employee 
receives less favourable treatment or consideration on the grounds of race, colour, religion, nationality, ethnic origin, sex, sexual 
orientation, marital status, or disability. Nor is any employee or potential employee disadvantaged by any conditions of employment or 
requirements of the Group that cannot be justified as necessary on operational grounds.

We give full consideration to applications for employment from disabled persons where the requirements of the job can be adequately 
fulfilled by people with disabilities. We endeavour to retain the employment of, and arrange suitable retraining for, any employee who 
becomes disabled during their employment as well as providing training, career development and promotion to disabled employees 
wherever appropriate.

During the year, the Group maintained arrangements to provide employees with information on matters of concern to them, to regularly 
consult employees for views on matters affecting them, to encourage employee involvement in the Group’s performance through share 
schemes, and to make all employees aware of financial and economic factors affecting the performance of the Group.

At 30 December 2019 the total number of employees was as follows:

Employees 
Directors
Senior Leadership Team 
Employees – Group
Employees – Assets
Employees – Snozone

Male
8
4
16
27
168

Female
1
1
20
67
106

Total
9
5
36
94
274

POLITICAL DONATIONS AND CHARITABLE DONATIONS
The Group has not made any political donations during the year and intends to continue its policy of not doing so for the foreseeable 
future. The Group made a charitable donation of £25,000 in 2019 to the retailTRUST (see page 15 for further details).

AUDITOR’S INFORMATION
The Directors who held office at the date of approval of this Directors’ Report confirm that, so far as they are each aware, there is no 
relevant audit information of which the Company’s Auditor is unaware; and each Director has taken all the steps that they ought to have 
taken as a Director to make themselves aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s Auditor is aware of 
that information. This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance with the provisions of s418 of the Companies Act 
2006. A resolution to reappoint Deloitte LLP as the Company’s Auditor will be proposed at the forthcoming AGM.

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
A separate document, the Notice of Annual General Meeting 2019, accompanies this report and accounts and explains the business to 
be covered at the Annual General Meeting of the Company to be held on 20 May 2020.

The Directors Report was approved by the Board of Directors on 15 April 2020 and is signed on its behalf by:

STUART WETHERLY 
Company Secretary 

16 April 2020 

Registered Company name: Capital & Regional plc 

Registered Company number: 01399411 

Registered office: 22 Chapter Street, London, SW1P 4NP

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   75

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

75

06/05/2020   10:50:41

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALGOVERNANCEDirectors’ Responsibilities Statement 

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and 
the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and 
regulations.  

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors 
are required to prepare the Group financial statements in 
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union and Article 4 of the 
IAS Regulation and have elected to prepare the parent Company 
financial statements in accordance with FRS 101, as published by 
the Financial Reporting Council, and applicable law in the United 
Kingdom. Under company law the Directors must not approve 
the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a 
true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company and of the 
profit or loss of the Company for that year.  

In preparing the parent Company financial statements, the 
Directors are required to:

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and 
integrity of the corporate and financial information included 
on the Company’s website. Legislation in the UK governing the 
preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ 
from legislation in other jurisdictions.

DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES STATEMENT
We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:

 „ the financial statements, prepared in accordance with the 
relevant financial reporting framework, give a true and fair 
view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or 
loss of the Company and the undertakings included in the 
consolidation taken as a whole; 

 „ the Strategic Report includes a fair review of the development 
and performance of the business and the position of the 
Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation as 
a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties that they face; and

 „ select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 

 „ the Annual Report and financial statements, taken as a 

whole, are fair, balanced and understandable and provide 
the information necessary for shareholders to assess the 
Company’s performance, business model and strategy.

This responsibility statement was approved by the Board of 
Directors on 15 April 2020 and is signed on its behalf by:

LAWRENCE HUTCHINGS 
Chief Executive  

STUART WETHERLY 
Group Finance Director

consistently;

 „ make judgements and accounting estimates that are 

reasonable and prudent;

 „ state whether applicable UK Accounting Standards have been 
followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and 
explained in the financial statements; and

 „ prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis 
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company will 
continue in business.

In preparing the Group financial statements, International 
Accounting Standard 1 requires that Directors:

 „ properly select and apply accounting policies;
 „ present information, including accounting policies, in a 

manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and 
understandable information; 

 „ provide additional disclosures when compliance with the 

specific requirements in IFRSs are insufficient to enable users to 
understand the impact of particular transactions, other events 
and conditions on the entity’s financial position and financial 
performance; and 

 „ make an assessment of the Company’s ability to continue as a 

going concern.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial position of the Company, and to enable them to ensure 
that the financial statements and the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are also 
responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company and hence 
for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of 
fraud and other irregularities.  

76

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   76

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:41

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcGOVERNANCE 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Independent Auditor’s report

To the members of Capital & Regional plc

SUMMARY OF OUR AUDIT APPROACH

Key audit 
matters

The key audit matters that we identified in the 
current year were:

 „ Valuation of investment properties
 „ Going concern and covenant compliance
 „ Impairment of parent company investments 

and intercompany debtors

Within this report, key audit matters are 
identified as follows:

Newly identified

Increased level of risk

Similar level of risk

Decreased level of risk

Scoping

Materiality The materiality that we used for the group financial 
statements was £7.5 million which was determined 
on the basis of 2% of net assets. We applied a 
lower threshold of £1.4 million for testing of all 
balances impacting Adjusted Profit (as defined in 
Note 1 of the group financial statements), which is 
5% of Adjusted Profit.
Our group audit was scoped by obtaining an 
understanding of the group and its environment, 
including group-wide controls, and assessing the 
risks of material misstatement at the group and 
component levels. Our audit scoping provides full 
scope audit coverage of 98% (2018: 97%) of net 
assets, 100% (2018: 100%) of revenue and 100% 
(2018: 97%) of operating profit. Our component 
audit work was executed at levels of materiality 
applicable to each individual component which 
were lower than group materiality.
There have been no significant changes in our 
audit approach in the current year. 

Significant 
changes 
in our 
approach

REPORT ON THE AUDIT OF THE FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS

OPINION

In our opinion:

 „ the financial statements of Capital & Regional plc (the 

"parent company") and its subsidiaries (the "group") give 
a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the 
parent company’s affairs as at 30 December 2019 and of the 
group’s loss for the year then ended;

 „ the group financial statements have been properly prepared 

in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union and 
IFRSs as issued by the International Accounting Standards 
Board (IASB);

 „ the parent company financial statements have been 

properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom 
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, including Financial 
Reporting Standard 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework”; 
and

 „ the financial statements have been prepared in accordance 
with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as 
regards the group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS 
Regulation.

We have audited the financial statements which comprise:

 „ the consolidated income statement;
 „ the consolidated statement of comprehensive income;
 „ the consolidated and parent company balance sheets;
 „ the consolidated and parent company statements of changes 

in equity;

 „ the consolidated cash flow statement; and
 „ the related Notes 1 to 32 and parent company related Notes A 

to F.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the 
preparation of the group financial statements is applicable law and 
IFRSs as adopted by the European Union. The financial reporting 
framework that has been applied in the preparation of the parent 
company financial statements is applicable law and United 
Kingdom Accounting Standards, including FRS 101 “Reduced 
Disclosure Framework” (United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice).

BASIS FOR OPINION
We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our 
responsibilities under those standards are further described in the 
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements 
section of our report. 

We are independent of the group and the parent company in 
accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our 
audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the Financial 
Reporting Council’s (the "FRC's") Ethical Standard as applied to 
listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other 
ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. The 
non-audit services provided to the group for the year are disclosed 
in Note 6 to the financial statements. We confirm that the non-
audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not 
provided to the group or the parent company.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient 
and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   77

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

77

06/05/2020   10:50:41

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALGOVERNANCEIndependent Auditor’s report

To the members of Capital & Regional plc continued

CONCLUSIONS RELATING TO GOING CONCERN, PRINCIPAL RISKS AND VIABILITY STATEMENT

Going concern
We have reviewed the Directors’ statement in Note 1 to the financial statements about 
whether they considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting 
in preparing them and their identification of any material uncertainties to the group’s 
and company’s ability to continue to do so over a period of at least 12 months from the 
date of approval of the financial statements.

Going concern is the basis of preparation 
of the financial statements that 
assumes an entity will remain in 
operation for a period of at least 12 
months from the date of approval of the 
financial statements.

We considered, as part of our risk assessment, the nature of the group, its business 
model and related risks including where relevant the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic 
and Brexit, the requirements of the applicable financial reporting framework and the 
system of internal control. We evaluated the Directors’ assessment of the group’s 
ability to continue as a going concern, including challenging the underlying data and 
key assumptions used to make the assessment, and evaluated the Directors’ plans for 
future actions in relation to their going concern assessment.

We are required to state whether we have anything material to add or draw attention 
to in relation to that statement required by Listing Rule 9.8.6R(3) and report if the 
statement is materially inconsistent with our knowledge obtained in the audit.

We confirm that we have nothing material 
to report, add or draw attention to in 
respect of these matters.

Principal risks and viability statement
Based solely on reading the Directors’ statements and considering whether they were 
consistent with the knowledge we obtained in the course of the audit, including the 
knowledge obtained in the evaluation of the Directors’ assessment of the group’s and 
the company’s ability to continue as a going concern, we are required to state whether 
we have anything material to add or draw attention to in relation to:

Viability means the ability of the group 
to continue over the time horizon 
considered appropriate by the Directors. 

We confirm that we have nothing material 
to report, add or draw attention to in 
respect of these matters.

 „ the disclosures on pages 27 to 31 that describe the principal risks, procedures to 
identify emerging risks, and an explanation of how these are being managed or 
mitigated;

 „ the Directors’ confirmation on page 27 that they have carried out a robust 

assessment of the principal and emerging risks facing the group, including those 
that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity; 
or

 „ the Directors’ explanation on page 32 as to how they have assessed the prospects 
of the group, over what period they have done so and why they consider that 
period to be appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have a reasonable 
expectation that the group will be able to continue in operation and meet its 
liabilities as they fall due over the period of their assessment, including any related 
disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.

We are also required to report whether the Directors’ statement relating to the 
prospects of the group required by Listing Rule 9.8.6R(3) is materially inconsistent with 
our knowledge obtained in the audit.

78

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   78

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:41

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcGOVERNANCEKEY AUDIT MATTERS
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) 
that we identified. These matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in 
the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, 
and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

Valuation of investment properties  

Key audit matter 
description

The investment property has a carrying value of £770.9 million at 30 December 2019 (30 December 2018: 
£898.2 million), comprising 86% (30 December 2018: 93%) of the group’s assets. The portfolio consists of seven 
shopping centres within the group. These are disclosed in Note 10 to the group financial statements.

We deem the fair value of the group’s property portfolio to be a significant area of focus due to the level 
and nature of the judgements and estimates from Management that form inputs into the valuation process 
performed by the group’s independent valuers, such as yields and cash flows, together with the lack of 
transactional evidence and liquidity in the market. The valuations are consequently based on increasingly 
subjective evidence.

Changes in these assumptions and judgements could lead to significant movements in property values and 
consequently unrealised gains or losses in the consolidated income statement. 

There is also a risk of fraud in relation to the valuation of the property portfolio, where the use of assumptions 
and judgements is more critical and could be subject to undue influence by management.

The accounting policy for investment property is set out in Note 1 to the group financial statements including 
management’s assessment of this as a key source of estimation uncertainty. 

As discussed in Note 29 to the financial statements, the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the valuation 
of the group’s investment properties is considered a non-adjusting subsequent event.  There is therefore 
uncertainty over the future impact on the valuation of the group’s investment properties, which at the date of 
this report has not been quantified.

The Audit Committee’s discussion of this key audit matter is set out on page 53.

How the scope 
of our audit 
responded to 
the key audit 
matter

 „ We obtained an understanding of the group’s relevant controls around investment property valuations.
 „ We met with the third party valuers appointed by management to value the property portfolio and 

challenged the significant judgements, assumptions applied and impacts from Brexit in their valuation 
model. We verified movements in the key judgements and assumptions and benchmarked the inputs 
against market data with the involvement of our internal real estate valuation specialists, who are members 
of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors. 

 „ We analysed the individual property valuations to understand significant movements against prior year and 

comparative market evidence considered by the valuers.

 „ We tested the integrity of the information provided to the valuers by management pertaining to rental 

income, purchasers’ costs and occupancy.

 „ We evaluated the competence, capabilities and objectivity of the external valuers.
 „ We assessed the appropriateness of the disclosure of the non-adjusting subsequent event.

Key 
observations

We concur with the assumptions adopted by the management in the valuation were reasonable and the 
methodology applied was appropriate.

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   79

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

79

06/05/2020   10:50:41

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALGOVERNANCEIndependent Auditor’s report

To the members of Capital & Regional plc continued

Going concern and covenant compliance   

Key audit matter 
description

As at 30 December 2019, external borrowings had a carrying value of £422.8 million (30 December 2018: 
£432.9 million). The group also has an undrawn £15 million central revolving credit facility, which matures in 
January 2022 together with cash and cash equivalents of £95.9 million (30 December 2018: £32.0 million).

We identified a key audit matter relating to the ability of the group to meet the external loan covenant 
requirements during the year and for a period of one year from the date of this Auditor’s Report. 

While there is headroom in the borrowing to property valuation ratio compared to the covenant requirement 
over this period, a downwards movement in property valuations could impact on this headroom. In the event 
of a fall in property valuations, should any of the group’s lenders call for a valuation under the terms of the 
loan agreement, the group may not meet this covenant requirement. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, 
the valuation impacts may be greater and quicker than anticipated at the year end.

The group expects there may be a significant reduction in rental income throughout the period of one year 
from the date of this Auditor’s Report as a result of the trading restrictions due to the COVID-19 pandemic.  
The impact of this potential reduction in rental income could mean that the group breaches its interest cover 
covenants in this period; however the group has forecast sufficient cash to cure potential breaches.  

Management’s consideration of the going concern basis of preparation is set out in the Going Concern 
statement on page 32 and Note 1 together with a detailed presentation of the likely actions they could take 
to respond to the potential covenant breaches and further mitigation actions available should the group’s 
lenders not provide waivers to covenant breaches if required. Management have adopted the going concern 
basis of accounting for the group and parent company; they have concluded that there are no material 
uncertainties that may cast significant doubt over the group’s and parent company’s ability to adopt this basis 
for a period of at least 12 months from the date when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

The Audit Committee’s discussion of this key audit matter is set out on page 53.

How the scope 
of our audit 
responded to 
the key audit 
matter

 „ We obtained an understanding of the group’s relevant controls around the risk of non-compliance with 

covenants and the going concern status of the group.

 „ We challenged the judgements and assumptions applied by management in their going concern 

assessment and associated forecasts of financial performance and financial position, considering the 
reasonableness of assumptions regarding lower rental collection levels.

 „ We considered management’s conclusions regarding the likelihood of cash flow timings relating to 

assumptions driven by the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic.

 „ We reviewed management’s modelling of alternative scenarios taking into consideration of projected 

capital expenditure, assumptions around asset sales and purchases, discount rates applied to future cash 
flows, current business and economic trends and significant developments during and subsequent to the 
year ended 30 December 2019.

 „ We reviewed key loan documentation to understand the principal terms, including financial covenants, 
and performed a review of the group’s existing and forecast compliance with debt covenants and any 
associated equity cures/cash traps.

 „ We reviewed the availability of further mitigating actions available to management as presented on 

page 32.

Key 
observations

We concur with management’s conclusion to prepare the group and company financial statements on a going 
concern basis.

80

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   80

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:41

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcGOVERNANCEImpairment of parent company investments and intercompany debtors   

Key audit matter 
description

There is a risk that the carrying value of the investments and intercompany debtors cannot be supported. 
The accuracy of forecast future cash flows to support the carrying values of the investments is a key area 
of judgement and is identified as a key audit matter. In particular, this relates to the reasonableness of 
cash flow forecasts, long-term growth rates and the discount rates applied in the discounted cash flow 
calculations used to support investments held at above net asset value of the subsidiaries.

Investments had a carrying value of £344.0 million at 30 December 2019 (30 December 2018: £459.8 
million), comprising 79% (30 December 2018: 96%) of the parent company’s assets. Intercompany debtors 
had a carrying value of £94.0 million at 30 December 2019 (30 December 2018: £14.4 million), comprising 
21.5% (30 December 2018: 3%) of the parent company’s assets. 

Investments are subject to an impairment review using discount rates between the range of 7.6% and 9.5% 
(30 December 2018: 7.6% and 9.5%). Management have assessed the recoverability of investments on the 
basis of nil growth. Management have posted an impairment of £115.8 million as a result of comparing the 
carrying value of the investment against its recoverable amount.

The accounting policies for both investments and intercompany debtors are set out in Note A to the parent 
company financial statements. The Audit Committee’s discussion of this key audit matter is set out on page 53.

How the scope 
of our audit 
responded to the 
key audit matter

 „ We obtained an understanding of the group’s relevant controls around the company’s key controls to 

address the risk of impairment of investments and debtor balances.

 „ We challenged management’s investment impairment model and the cash flow forecasts employed 

therein, including comparison of the input assumptions to externally and internally derived data with 
the involvement of our internal valuations specialists. The inputs considered included the cash flow 
projections, long-term growth rates and discount rates.

 „ We also assessed whether the forecasts employed are consistent with those used to support other 

judgements in the financial statements.

Key observations

We concur with the level of impairment recognised by management for all investments. We consider that 
the carrying value of company only investment and intercompany debtor balances is appropriate.

OUR APPLICATION OF MATERIALITY

Materiality
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable that the economic decisions 
of a reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality both in planning the scope of our audit work 
and in evaluating the results of our work.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Group financial statements

Materiality

£7.5 million (2018: £8.6 million)

Basis for 
determining 
materiality

We determined materiality to be 2% of net assets (2018: 2% of net 
assets). 

We applied a lower threshold of £1.4 million (2018: £1.4 million) for 
testing of all balances impacting Adjusted Profit (as defined in Note 
1 to the group financial statements), which is 5% of Adjusted Profit 
(2018: less than 5% of Adjusted Profit).

Rationale for 
the benchmark 
applied

We used net assets as a benchmark when determining materiality as 
it is considered to be the most critical financial performance measure 
for the group. 

We applied a lower threshold of £1.4 million (2018: £1.4 million) for 
testing of all balances impacting Adjusted Profit on the basis that it 
is a key metric used by management, is the basis of the discussion of 
the financial performance in the strategic report and is a metric used 
by analysts.

Parent financial statements

£6.75 million (2018: £7.74 million)

Parent company materiality equates 
to 2% of net assets (2018: 2% of net 
assets), which is capped at 90% of 
group materiality (2018: capped at 
90% of group materiality).

We used net assets as a benchmark 
when determining materiality as it 
is considered to be the most critical 
financial performance measure for the 
company as a holding company.

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   81

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

81

06/05/2020   10:50:41

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALGOVERNANCEIndependent Auditor’s report

To the members of Capital & Regional plc continued

Net assets 
£375.10 million

Net assets

Group materiality

Group materiality
£7.50 million

Component materiality
range £6.75 million
to £0.18 million

Audit Committee
reporting threshold 
£0.225 million

We applied a lower threshold of £1.4 million (2018: £1.4 million) for testing of all balances impacting Adjusted Profit (as defined in Note 1 
to the group financial statements), which is 5% (2018: 5%) of this financial performance measure.

Performance materiality
We set performance materiality at a level lower than materiality to reduce the probability that, in aggregate, uncorrected and undetected 
misstatements exceed the materiality for the financial statements as a whole. Group performance materiality was set at 70% of group 
materiality for the 2019 audit (2018: 70%). In determining performance materiality, we considered the following factors:

 „ there have been no significant changes in the business; and 
 „ our past experience of the audit, which has indicated a low number of corrected and uncorrected misstatements identified in prior 

periods.

Error reporting threshold
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to the Committee all audit differences in excess of £0.225 million (2018: 
£0.250 million), as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. We also report 
to the Audit Committee on disclosure matters that we identified when assessing the overall presentation of the financial statements.

AN OVERVIEW OF THE SCOPE OF OUR AUDIT
Identification and scoping of components
Our group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the group and its environment, including group-wide controls, and 
assessing the risks of material misstatement at the group and component levels.

Our group audit scope focused primarily on the audit work on the major lines of business. These major lines of business are Wholly-
owned assets, Snozone and group/Central. These are included within individual IFRS 8 segments as disclosed in Note 2 to the group 
financial statements.

The businesses subject to a full scope audit or specific audit procedures account for 98% (2018: 97%) of the group’s net assets, 100% 
(2018: 100%) of the group’s revenue and 100% (2018: 97%) of the group’s operating profit. This coverage corresponds with the full scope 
audit procedures, except for Capital & Regional Holdings Limited where we performed specified audit procedures. The remainder of the 
group’s net assets were subject to central analytical  procedures. All investment properties have been included within the scope of our 
work. The businesses subject to a full scope audit or specific audit procedures were also selected to provide an appropriate basis for 
undertaking audit work to address the risks of material misstatement identified above. All components are audited directly by the group 
audit team. Our audit work at each component was executed at levels of materiality applicable to each individual entity which were 
between 2% and 90% (2018: 2% and 90%) of group materiality, which corresponds to component materialities between £0.18 million and 
£6.75 million (2018: between £0.2 million and £7.7 million).

At the parent entity level we also tested the consolidation process and carried out analytical procedures to confirm our conclusion 
that there were no significant risks of material misstatement of the aggregated financial information of the remaining components not 
subject to full scope audit or specific audit procedures.

82

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   82

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:41

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcGOVERNANCEOTHER INFORMATION
The Directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the annual report, 
other than the financial statements and our Auditor’s report thereon.

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our 
report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider 
whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or 
otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether there is a 
material misstatement in the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we have 
performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.

In this context, matters that we are specifically required to report to you as uncorrected material misstatements of the other information 
include where we conclude that:

 „ Fair, balanced and understandable – the statement given by the Directors that they consider the annual report and financial 

statements taken as a whole is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess 
the group’s position and performance, business model and strategy, is materially inconsistent with our knowledge obtained in the 
audit; or

 „ Audit committee reporting – the section describing the work of the audit committee does not appropriately address matters 

communicated by us to the audit committee; or

 „ Directors’ statement of compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code – the parts of the Directors’ statement required 

under the Listing Rules relating to the company’s compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code containing provisions specified 
for review by the Auditor in accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.10R(2) do not properly disclose a departure from a relevant provision of 
the UK Corporate Governance Code.

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

RESPONSIBILITIES OF DIRECTORS
As explained more fully in the Directors’ responsibilities statement, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial 
statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the Directors determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the parent company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting 
unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative 
but to do so.

AUDITOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE AUDIT OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an Auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is 
a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, 
they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

Details of the extent to which the audit was considered capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud and non-compliance with laws 
and regulations are set out below.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our Auditor’s report.

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   83

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

83

06/05/2020   10:50:41

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALGOVERNANCEIndependent Auditor’s report

To the members of Capital & Regional plc continued

EXTENT TO WHICH THE AUDIT WAS CONSIDERED CAPABLE OF DETECTING IRREGULARITIES, 
INCLUDING FRAUD
We identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, and then design 
and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, including obtaining audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a 
basis for our opinion.

Identifying and assessing potential risks related to irregularities
In identifying and assessing risks of material misstatement in respect of irregularities, including fraud and non-compliance with laws and 
regulations, we considered the following:

 „ the nature of the industry and sector, control environment and business performance including the design of the group’s 

remuneration policies, key drivers for Directors’ remuneration, bonus levels and performance targets;

 „ the group’s own assessment of the risks that irregularities may occur either as a result of fraud or error that was approved by the 

Board on 15 April 2020;

 „ results of our enquiries of management and the audit committee about their own identification and assessment of the risks of 

irregularities; 

 „ any matters we identified having obtained and reviewed the group’s documentation of their policies and procedures relating to:

 − identifying, evaluating and complying with laws and regulations and whether they were aware of any instances of  

non-compliance;

 − detecting and responding to the risks of fraud and whether they have knowledge of any actual, suspected or alleged fraud; and
 − the internal controls established to mitigate risks of fraud or non-compliance with laws and regulations;

 „ the matters discussed among the audit engagement team and involving relevant internal specialists, including tax, valuations, and 
industry specialists regarding how and where fraud might occur in the financial statements and any potential indicators of fraud.

As a result of these procedures, we considered the opportunities and incentives that may exist within the organisation for fraud and 
identified the greatest potential for fraud in the significant judgements and assumptions used in the investment property valuations 
in common with all audits under ISAs (UK), we are also required to perform specific procedures to respond to the risk of management 
override.

We also obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory framework that the group operates in, focusing on provisions of those 
laws and regulations that had a direct effect on the determination of material amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The 
key laws and regulations we considered in this context included the UK Companies Act, REIT legislation, London Stock Exchange Listing 
Rules and tax legislation. 

In addition, we considered provisions of other laws and regulations that do not have a direct effect on the financial statements but 
compliance with which may be fundamental to the group’s ability to operate or to avoid a material penalty. These included the group’s 
environmental regulations.

Audit response to risks identified
As a result of performing the above, we identified Valuation of investment properties as a key audit matter related to the potential risk 
of fraud. The key audit matters section of our report explains the matters in more detail and also describes the specific procedures we 
performed in response to that key audit matter. 

In addition to the above, our procedures to respond to risks identified included the following:

 „ reviewing the financial statement disclosures and testing to supporting documentation to assess compliance with provisions of 

relevant laws and regulations described as having a direct effect on the financial statements;

 „ enquiring of management, the audit committee and external legal counsel concerning actual and potential litigation and claims;
 „ performing analytical procedures to identify any unusual or unexpected relationships that may indicate risks of material 

misstatement due to fraud;

 „ reading minutes of meetings of those charged with governance, reviewing internal audit reports and reviewing correspondence with 

HMRC; and

 „ in addressing the risk of fraud through management override of controls, testing the appropriateness of journal entries and other 

adjustments; assessing whether the judgements made in making accounting estimates are indicative of a potential bias; and 
evaluating the business rationale of any significant transactions that are unusual or outside the normal course of business.

We also communicated relevant identified laws and regulations and potential fraud risks to all engagement team members including 
internal specialists, and remained alert to any indications of fraud or non-compliance with laws and regulations throughout the audit.

84

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   84

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:41

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcGOVERNANCEREPORT ON OTHER LEGAL AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
OPINIONS ON OTHER MATTERS PRESCRIBED BY THE COMPANIES ACT 2006
In our opinion the part of the Directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit: 

 „ the information given in the strategic report and the Directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial statements are 

prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and

 „ the strategic report and the Directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and the parent company and their environment obtained in the course  
of the audit, we have not identified any material misstatements in the strategic report or the Directors’ report.

MATTERS ON WHICH WE ARE REQUIRED TO REPORT BY EXCEPTION
Adequacy of explanations received and accounting records
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

 „ we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
 „ adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received 

from branches not visited by us; or

 „ the parent company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

Directors’ remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to report if in our opinion certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration have not 
been made or the part of the Directors’ remuneration report to be audited is not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

OTHER MATTERS
Auditor tenure
Following the recommendation of the audit committee, we were appointed by the Directors on 19 January 1998 to audit the financial 
statements for the year ending 25 December 1997 and subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted engagement 
including previous renewals and reappointments of the firm is 23 years, covering the years ending 25 December 1997 to 30 December 
2019.

Consistency of the audit report with the additional report to the audit committee
Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the audit committee we are required to provide in accordance with ISAs (UK).

USE OF OUR REPORT
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our 
audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an 
Auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone 
other than the company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

MATTHEW HALL FCA (Senior statutory auditor) 
For and on behalf of Deloitte LLP 
Statutory Auditor 
London, United Kingdom 
16 April 2020

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   85

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

85

06/05/2020   10:50:42

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALGOVERNANCEConsolidated income statement

For the year to 30 December 2019

Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Administrative costs
Share of loss in associates
Loss on revaluation of investment properties
Other gains and losses
Transaction costs in association with Partial Offer and equity raise
Loss on ordinary activities before financing
Finance income
Finance costs
Loss before tax
Tax charge
Loss for the year 
All results derive from continuing operations.
Basic earnings per share1 
Diluted earnings per share1
EPRA basic earnings per share1
EPRA diluted earnings per share1

Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income

For the year to 30 December 2019

Loss for the year
Other comprehensive income:
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
Gain on a hedge of a net investment taken to equity
Total items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Total comprehensive expense for the year

Note

3
4

6
14a
10a

5
5
6
8a
2a

9a
9a
9a
9a

2019
£m

88.9
(35.3)
53.6
(8.8)
–
(138.6)
(1.5)
(2.2)
(97.5)
0.4
(23.9)
(121.0)
–
(121.0)

(16.2)p
(16.2)p
3.5p
3.5p

 2019 
 £m

(121.0)

–
–
–
(121.0)

2018
£m

91.0
(34.9)
56.1
(9.2)
(4.6)
(47.5)
(4.5)
–
(9.7)
3.1
(18.9)
(25.5)
(0.1)
(25.6)

(3.5)p
(3.5)p
4.0p
4.0p

2018
£m

(25.6)

–
–
–
(25.6)

There are no items in other comprehensive income that may not be reclassified to the income statement.

Loss for the year and total comprehensive expense are all attributable to equity holders of the parent.

The EPRA alternative performance measures used throughout this report are industry best practice performance measures established 
by the European Public Real Estate Association. They are defined in the Glossary to the Financial Statements. EPRA Earnings and EPRA 
EPS are shown in Note 9 to the Financial Statements. EPRA net assets and EPRA triple net assets are shown in Note 24 to the Financial 
Statements.

1  Per share amounts are unadjusted for the impact of the 10 for 1 share consolidation that completed on 15 January 2020. A multiple of ten needs to be 

applied to calculate the equivalent values.

86

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   86

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:42

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcFINANCIALS 
 
Consolidated balance sheet

At 30 December 2019

Non-current assets
Investment properties
Plant and equipment
Fixed asset investments
Receivables
Investment in associates
Total non–current assets
Current assets
Receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Total current assets
Total assets
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Total current liabilities
Net current assets
Non-current liabilities
Bank loans
Other payables
Obligations under finance leases
Total non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets
Equity
Share capital
Share premium
Merger reserve
Capital redemption reserve
Own shares reserve
Retained earnings
Equity shareholders’ funds

Basic net assets per share1
EPRA triple net assets per share1
EPRA net assets per share1

Note

10
11

13
14b

13
15

2b

16

17a
16
26

2b

19
19

21

24
24
24

2019
£m

770.9
2.2
1.2
14.7
–
789.0

15.4
95.9
111.3
900.3

(35.7)
(35.7)
75.6

(422.8)
(5.2)
(61.5)
(489.5)
(525.2)
375.1

10.4
238.0
60.3
4.4
–
62.0
375.1

36.1p
35.6p
36.4p

2018
£m

898.2
2.0
2.8
16.5
–
919.5

15.3
32.0
47.3
966.8

(37.1)
(37.1)
10.2

(432.9)
(2.2)
(61.6)
(496.7)
(533.8)
433.0

7.3
166.5
60.3
4.4
–
194.5
433.0

59.6p
59.3p
59.1p

1  Per share amounts are unadjusted for the impact of the 10 for 1 share consolidation that completed on 15 January 2020. A multiple of ten needs to be 

applied to calculate the equivalent values.

These financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors, authorised for issue and signed on their behalf on 16 April 2020 by:

Lawrence Hutchings 
Chief Executive 

Stuart Wetherly 
Group Finance Director

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   87

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

87

06/05/2020   10:50:42

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALFINANCIALS 
 
Consolidated statement of change in equity

For the year to 30 December 2019

Share
capital
£m

Share 
premium1
£m

Merger
reserve2
£m

Capital
redemption
reserve1
£m

Balance at 30 December 2017
Loss for the year
Other comprehensive income for the year
Total comprehensive expense for the year
Credit to equity for equity-settled share-based 
payments (Note 20)
Dividends paid, net of scrip
Shares issued, net of costs (Note 19)
Other movements
Balance at 30 December 2018
Loss for the year
Other comprehensive income for the year
Total comprehensive expense for the year
Credit to equity for equity-settled share-based 
payments (Note 20)
Dividends paid, net of scrip
Shares issued, net of costs (Note 19)
Other movements
Balance at 30 December 2019

7.2
–
–
–

–
–
0.1
–
7.3
–
–
–

–
–
3.1
–
10.4

163.3
–
–
–

–
–
3.2
–
166.5
–
–
–

–
–
71.5
–
238.0

60.3
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
60.3
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
60.3

4.4
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
4.4
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
4.4

Own
shares
reserve3
£m

(0.1)
–
–
–

–
–
–
0.1
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

Retained
earnings
£m

246.3
(25.6)
–
(25.6)

0.7
(23.5)
(3.3)
(0.1)
194.5
(121.0)
–
(121.0)

0.1
(11.6)
–
–
62.0

Total
equity
£m

481.4
(25.6)
–
(25.6)

0.7
(23.5)
–
–
433.0
(121.0)
–
(121.0)

0.1
(11.6)
74.6
–
375.1

1. 

2. 

These reserves are not distributable. 

The merger reserve of £60.3 million arose on the Group’s capital raising in 2009 which was structured so as to allow the Company to claim merger relief 
under section 612 of the Companies Act 2006 on the issue of ordinary shares. The merger reserve is available for distribution to shareholders.

3.  Own shares relate to shares purchased out of distributable profits and therefore reduce reserves available for distribution. 

88

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   88

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:42

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcFINANCIALS 
Consolidated cash flow statement

For the year to 30 December 2019

Operating activities
Net cash from operations
Distributions received from fixed asset investments
Interest paid
Interest received
Cash flows from operating activities
Investing activities
Distributions received from associates
Acquisitions and disposals
Purchase of plant and equipment
Capital expenditure on investment properties
Cash flows from investing activities
Financing activities
Dividends paid, net of scrip
Bank loans drawn down
Bank loans repaid
Issue of ordinary shares
Loan arrangement costs
Cash flows from financing activities
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

Note

22

14b

17a

15

20191 
£m

37.5
2.3
(14.8)
0.2
25.2

–
–
(0.7)
(12.7)
(13.4)

(11.6)
–
(11.0)
74.7
–
52.1
63.9
32.0
95.9

2018
£m

46.7
0.8
(14.5)
0.1
33.1

1.2
0.3
(0.5)
(18.6)
(17.6)

(23.6)
10.0
–
–
(0.1)
(13.7)
1.8
30.2
32.0

1.  Due to presentational adjustments, values differ from the preliminary announcement published on 5 March 2020.

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   89

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

89

06/05/2020   10:50:42

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALFINANCIALS 
Notes to the financial statements

For the year to 30 December 2019

1 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
General information
Capital & Regional plc is a public company limited by shares domiciled and incorporated in England, United Kingdom under the 
Companies Act 2006. The address of the registered office is 22 Chapter Street, London, SW1P 4NP. The Group is a specialist real estate 
investor and asset manager, focused on dominant in-town community shopping centres. Further information on the Group’s operations 
is disclosed in Note 2a and the operating and financial reviews.

Basis of accounting
The financial statements comprise the consolidated income statement, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the 
consolidated balance sheet, the consolidated statement of changes in equity, the consolidated cash flow statement and Notes 1 to 
31. They are prepared on the historical cost basis except for the revaluation of certain properties and financial instruments that are 
measured at revalued amounts or fair values at the end of the reporting year, as explained in the accounting policies below. Other than 
as noted in the “Accounting developments and changes” section below, the accounting policies have been applied consistently to the 
results, other gains and losses, assets, liabilities, income and expenses.

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market 
participants at the measurement date, regardless of whether that price is directly observable or estimated using another valuation 
technique. In estimating the fair value of an asset or liability, the Group takes into account the characteristics of the asset or liability 
if market participants would take those characteristics into account when pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. Fair 
value for measurement and/or disclosure purposes in these financial statements is determined on such basis, except for share-based 
payments that are within the scope of IFRS 2, leasing transactions that are within the scope of IAS 17, and measurements that have some 
similarities to fair value but are not fair value, such as net realisable value in IAS 2 or value in use in IAS 36.

In addition, for financial reporting purposes, fair value measurements are categorised into Level 1, 2 or 3 based on the degree to which 
the inputs to the fair value measurements are observable and the significance of the inputs to the fair value measurement in its entirety, 
which are described as follows:

 „ Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
 „ Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly 

(i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices).

 „ Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

The financial statements are presented in pounds sterling because that is the currency of the primary economic environment in which 
the Group operates. Foreign operations are included in accordance with the accounting policies set out below.

Statement of compliance
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as 
adopted by the European Union (EU) and therefore the Group financial statements comply with Article 4 of the EU IAS Regulation. 

Accounting developments and changes
The accounting policies used in these financial statements are consistent with those applied in the last annual financial statements, as 
amended where relevant to reflect the adoption of new standards, amendments and interpretations which became effective during the 
year. The following new or revised accounting standards are applicable for the first time in the year ended 30 December 2019:

 „ IFRS 15 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”
 „ IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments”

IFRS 15 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”
On 31 December 2018, the Group adopted IFRS 15 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”. IFRS 15 establishes the principles that the 
Group applies when reporting information about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows from a contract 
with a customer.

Prior to its adoption, the Group completed a review of the requirements of IFRS 15 against its current accounting policies. The Group 
concluded that there was no material change in the amounts and timing of revenue recognised following the adoption of the standard 
and no transition adjustments have been made. IFRS 15 does not apply to revenue transactions that are within the scope of the leasing 
standard; therefore, it is not applicable for the Group’s rental income. We have considered the effect of IFRS 15 with respect to service 
charge income. Previously, service charge income has been recognised over time at the consideration, which we expect to be entitled to 
for the service. This has not changed under IFRS 15.

90

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   90

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:42

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcFINANCIALS1 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments”
The standard applies to classification and measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities, as well as impairment provisioning, 
through the introduction of the expected credit loss model. The changes in accounting policies resulting from the adoption of IFRS 9 have 
been applied retrospectively. The adoption, however, has not had a material impact on the recognition and measurement of income 
and costs in the statement of comprehensive income or of assets and liabilities on the balance sheet. The Group has not identified 
any significant changes in how it accounts for financial assets or liabilities under IFRS 9. The Directors have assessed the impact of 
impairment losses recognised for trade receivables under IFRS 9 at 30 December 2019 based on actual losses experienced over the past 
two years and consider the impact to the Group’s bad debt provision to be immaterial. In the case of the Company only accounts, an 
expected credit loss model has been applied to intercompany receivables using the same method, the impact on bad debt provision is 
immaterial in this case also.

The following new standards and amendments to standards have been issued but are not yet effective for the Group:

 „ IFRS 16 Leases – this will result in the Group recognising, on the balance sheet, assets it leases along with a corresponding liability 

and is effective for the Group’s year ending 30 December 2020. The primary lease contracts that this will impact are the lease of the 
Group’s support office at 22 Chapter Street London and the leases of the Snozone business on its Basingstoke, Castleford and Milton 
Keynes sites. The total increase in both assets and liabilities is expected to be around £14.4 million. The key assumptions used to 
arrive at this are:

 − A discount rate of 3.92% for the support office, and 4.04% for Snozone leases based on the average borrowing rate
 − Yield of 2.25% for the support office, and 6% for the Snozone leases

The Group has also considered the impact on its three leasehold properties and considers there to be no change in cash flows or 
presentation, as actual cash flows are neither fixed nor variable depending on an index or rate. In addition, IFRS 16 could have an 
indirect impact on the Group’s business if it leads to a change in occupier behaviour. Examples of this would be if its adoption results 
in tenants or potential tenants typically seeking shorter lease terms and/or more prevalent use of turnover-related, as opposed to 
fixed rents.

 „ IFRS 17 insurance contracts 
 „ IFRS 10 and IAS 28 (amendments) – Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture
 „ Amendments to IFRS 3 – definition of a business

The directors do not expect that the adoption of the Standards listed above will have a material impact on the financial statements of the 
Group in future periods, except as noted.

Critical accounting judgements 
The preparation of financial statements requires the Directors to make judgements that may affect the application of accounting policies. 

Going concern
The Directors have considered the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the Going Concern assumption and viability statement 
disclosures. The process and scenario planning undertaken, the factors assessed and risk considered are detailed on page 32. The 
financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. 

Key sources of estimation uncertainty
The preparation of financial statements requires the Directors to make estimates that may affect the reported amounts of assets and 
liabilities, income and expenses. The following are the key sources of estimation uncertainty that have the most significant effect on the 
amounts recognised in the financial statements: 

Property valuation
The valuation of the Group’s property portfolio is inherently subjective due to, among other factors, the individual nature of each 
property, its location and the expected future rental revenues from that particular property. As a result, the valuations the Group places 
on its property portfolio are subject to a degree of uncertainty and are made on the basis of assumptions which may not prove to be 
accurate. We are now in a phase of the valuation cycle where there is persistent negative sentiment and low transactional evidence as 
such greater judgement has been applied.

The investment property valuation contains a number of assumptions upon which the valuation of the Group’s properties as at 30 
December 2019 was based. The assumptions on which the property valuation reports have been based include, but are not limited 
to, matters such as the tenure and tenancy details for the properties, the condition of the properties, prevailing market yields and 
comparable market transactions. These assumptions are market standard and accord with the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors 
(RICS) Valuation – Professional Standards UK 2014 (revised April 2015).

If the assumptions upon which the valuation was based prove to be inaccurate, this may have an impact on the value of the Group’s 
investment properties, which could in turn have an effect on the Group’s financial position and results. Note 10c provides sensitivity 
analysis estimating the impact that changes in the estimated rental values or equivalent yields would have on the Group’s property 
valuations.

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   91

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

91

06/05/2020   10:50:42

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALFINANCIALS 
1 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
Derivative financial instruments
Reliance upon the work undertaken at 31 December 2019 by independent third party experts in assessing the fair values of the Group’s 
derivative financial instruments, which hedge interest rate risk and are therefore subject to movements in market rates, are disclosed 
in Notes 13 and 18e. Note 18b provides figures showing the Group’s sensitivity to a 100bps increase or decrease in interest rate 
expectations.

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries at 30 December. Control 
of subsidiaries is achieved where the Company has the power over the investee, is exposed, or has rights, to variable return from its 
involvement with the investee and has the ability to use its power to affect its returns.

The results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the consolidated income statement from the 
effective date of acquisition or up to the effective date of disposal. The reporting year for all material subsidiaries and affiliates ends on 
31 December and their financial statements are consolidated from this date. All intra-group transactions, balances, income and expenses 
are eliminated on consolidation.

Business combinations
Acquisitions of subsidiaries and businesses are accounted for using the acquisition method. The consideration for each acquisition 
is measured at the aggregate at the date of exchange of the fair values of assets acquired, liabilities incurred or assumed, and equity 
instruments issued by the Group in exchange for control of the acquiree. Acquisition-related costs are recognised in the income 
statement as incurred. Where a business combination is achieved in stages, the Group’s previously held interests in the acquired entity 
are remeasured to fair value at the acquisition date (i.e. the date the Group attains control) and the resulting gain or loss, if any, is 
recognised in the income statement.

If the initial accounting for a business combination is incomplete by the end of the reporting year in which the combination occurs, 
the Group reports provisional amounts for the items for which the accounting is incomplete. Those provisional amounts are adjusted 
during the remeasurement period or additional assets or liabilities are recognised to reflect new information obtained about facts and 
circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date that, if known, would have affected the amounts recognised as of that date. The 
measurement period is the period from the date of acquisition to the date the Group obtains complete information and is subject to a 
maximum of one year.

Subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates 
The results of subsidiaries, joint ventures or associates acquired or disposed of during the year are included from the effective date of 
acquisition or up to the effective date of disposal. Accounting practices of subsidiaries, joint ventures or associates which differ from 
Group accounting policies are adjusted on consolidation. All intra-Group transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated on 
consolidation. 

Joint ventures and associates are accounted for under the equity method, whereby the consolidated balance sheet incorporates the 
Group’s share (investor’s share) of the net assets of its joint ventures and associates. The consolidated income statement incorporates 
the Group’s share of joint venture and associate profits after tax, upon elimination of upstream and downstream transactions. Their 
profits include revaluation movements on investment properties. Interest income, management fees and performance fees are 
proportionately eliminated. 

Foreign currency
Foreign currency transactions
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into sterling at exchange rates approximating to the exchange rate ruling at the date 
of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are translated to sterling 
at the exchange rate ruling at that date and, unless they relate to the hedging of the net investment in foreign operations, differences 
arising on translation are recognised in the income statement.

Financial statements of foreign operations
The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on consolidation, are translated 
into sterling at the exchange rates ruling at the balance sheet date. The operating income and expenses of foreign operations are 
translated into sterling at the average exchange rates for the year. Significant transactions, such as property sales, are translated at the 
foreign exchange rate ruling at the date of each transaction. The principal exchange rate used to translate foreign currency denominated 
amounts in the balance sheet is the rate at the end of the year: £1 = €1.1765 (2018: £1 = €1.18). The principal exchange rate used for the 
income statement is the average rate for the year: £1 = €1.1403 (2018: £1 = €1.130).

92

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   92

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:43

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcFINANCIALSNotes to the financial statementsContinued1 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
Property, plant and equipment
Plant and equipment is stated at cost, net of depreciation and any provision for impairment. Depreciation is provided on all tangible 
fixed assets, other than investment properties and land, on a straight-line basis over their expected useful lives:

 „ Leasehold improvements – over the term of the lease
 „ Fixtures and fittings – over three to five years
 „ Motor vehicles – over four years

Property portfolio
Investment properties
Investment properties are properties owned or leased under finance leases which are held either for long-term rental income or for 
capital appreciation or both. Investment property is initially recognised at cost (including directly related transaction costs) and is 
revalued at the balance sheet date to fair value, being the market value determined by professionally qualified external or Director 
valuers, with changes in fair value being included in the income statement. Valuations are generally carried out twice a year. In 
accordance with IAS 40 Investment Property, no depreciation is provided in respect of investment properties.

Leasehold properties
Leasehold properties that are leased to tenants under operating leases are classified as investment properties or development 
properties, as appropriate, and included in the balance sheet at fair value.

Capital expenditure
Refurbishment expenditure in respect of major works is capitalised. Renovation and refurbishment expenditure of a revenue nature is 
expensed as incurred. Our business model for developments is to use a combination of in-house staff and external advisers. The cost of 
external advisers is capitalised to the cost of developments. The cost of staff working on developments is capitalised subject to meeting 
certain criteria related to the degree of time spent on and the nature of specific projects.

Property transactions
Acquisitions and disposals are accounted for at the date of legal completion. Investment properties are reclassified as held for sale once 
contracts have been exchanged and are transferred between categories at the estimated market value on the transfer date. 

Leases
Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to 
the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

The Group as lessor
Rental income from operating leases is recognised on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease. Initial direct costs incurred 
in negotiating and arranging an operating lease are added to the carrying amount of the leased asset and recognised on a straight-line 
basis over the lease term. Incentives and costs associated with entering into tenant leases are amortised on a straight-line basis over the 
term of the lease.

The Group as lessee
Assets held under finance leases are recognised as assets at their fair value or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease 
payments, each determined at the inception of the lease. The corresponding liability to the lessor is included in the balance sheet as a 
finance lease obligation.

Lease payments are apportioned between finance expenses and reduction of the lease obligation so as to achieve a constant rate of 
interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance expenses are recognised immediately in profit or loss, unless they are directly 
attributable to qualifying assets, in which case they are capitalised in accordance with the Group’s general policy on borrowing costs. 
Contingent rentals are recognised as expenses in the years in which they are incurred.

Head leases
Where an investment property is held under a head lease, the head lease is initially recognised as an asset at the present value of the 
minimum ground rent payable under the lease. The corresponding rent liability to the leaseholder is included in the balance sheet as a 
finance lease obligation.

Fixed asset investments
Fixed asset investments are stated at cost, together with subsequent capital contributions, less provisions for any impairment in value.

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   93

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

93

06/05/2020   10:50:43

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALFINANCIALS1 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised in the Group’s balance sheet when the Group becomes party to the contractual 
provisions of the instrument.

Financial assets
Financial assets are classified into the following specified categories: financial assets “at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL)”,”fair 
value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI)” and “amortised cost”. The classification depends on the nature and purpose of the 
financial assets and is determined at the time of initial recognition.

Effective interest rate method
The effective interest rate method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a debt instrument and of allocating the interest 
income over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts (including 
all fees and points paid or received that form an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and other premiums or 
discounts) through the expected life of the debt instrument, or, where appropriate, a shorter period, to the net carrying amount in initial 
recognition.

Loans and receivables
Loans and other receivables that have fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market are classified as 
amortised cost. Loans and receivables are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment. Interest 
income is recognised by applying the effective interest rate, except for short-term receivables when the recognition of interest would be 
immaterial.

Trade receivables
Trade receivables are carried at the original invoice amount less provision for impairment (credit losses). Discounts and similar 
allowances are recorded on an accrual basis consistent with the recognition of the related sales, using estimates based on existing 
contractual obligations, historical trends and the Group’s experience. Long-term accounts receivables are discounted to take into account 
the time value of money, where material.

Loss allowances for trade receivables are always measured at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses (“ECLs”). The Group 
calculates impairment of trade receivables using the expected credit loss model as required by IFRS 9. ECLs are calculated by: (a) 
identifying scenarios in which a loan or receivable defaults; (b) estimating the cash shortfall that would be incurred in each scenario 
if a default were to happen; (c) multiplying that loss by the probability of the default happening; and (d) summing the results of all 
such possible default events. The Group has adopted the simplified “provision matrix” approach to calculate expected credit losses 
on trade receivables. The Group loss allowance is based on the expected credit loss as calculated using the provision matrix approach 
and a forward looking component based on individual tenant profiles. The Group considers a financial asset to be in default when the 
borrower is unlikely to pay its credit obligations to the Group in full. The Group writes off trade receivables when there is no reasonable 
expectation of recovery; receivables are written off after six months.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and demand deposits and other short-term highly liquid investments that are readily 
convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. 

Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities are classified as financial liabilities “at FVTPL”.

Borrowings
Borrowings are initially measured at fair value, net of transaction costs. Borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost using 
the effective interest method, with interest expense recognised on an effective yield basis. 

Derivative financial instruments
Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value at the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their 
fair value at each balance sheet date. The fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts is calculated by reference to spot and forward 
exchange rates at the balance sheet date. The fair value of interest rate swaps is calculated by reference to appropriate forecasts of 
yield curves between the balance sheet date and the maturity of the instrument. Changes in fair value are included as finance income or 
finance costs in the income statement. Derivative financial instruments are classified as non-current when they have a maturity of more 
than 12 months and are not intended to be settled within one year. As the Group does not apply hedge accounting, the provisions of 
IFRS 9 do not apply.

Trade payables 
Trade payables are carried at fair value, with any gains or losses arising on remeasurement recognised in the income statement.

94

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   94

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:43

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcFINANCIALSNotes to the financial statementsContinued1 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
Taxation
Income tax on the profit for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Current tax is the tax payable on the taxable income for the 
year and any adjustment in respect of previous years. Deferred tax is provided in full using the balance sheet liability method on timing 
differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation 
purposes. Deferred tax is determined using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date and are 
expected to apply when the asset is realised or the liability is settled.

No provision is made for timing differences (i) arising on the initial recognition of assets or liabilities, other than on a business 
combination, that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit and (ii) relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that they will 
not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Employee benefits
Pension costs
Pension liabilities, all of which relate to defined contribution schemes, are charged to the income statement as incurred.

Share-based payments 
Equity settled share-based payments are measured at fair value at the date of grant. The fair values of the LTIP and the SAYE scheme 
are calculated using Monte Carlo simulations and the Black–Scholes model as appropriate. The fair values are dependent on factors 
including the exercise price, expected volatility, period to exercise and risk free interest rate. Market related performance conditions are 
reflected in the fair values at the date of grant and are expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Non-market related 
performance conditions are not reflected in the fair values at the date of grant. At each reporting date, the Group estimates the number 
of shares likely to vest under non-market related performance conditions so that the cumulative expense will ultimately reflect the 
number of shares that do vest. Where awards are cancelled, including when an employee ceases to pay contributions into the SAYE 
scheme, the remaining fair value is expensed immediately.

Own shares
Own shares held by the Group are shown as a deduction from shareholders’ funds and included in other reserves. The cost of own 
shares is transferred to retained earnings when shares in the underlying incentive schemes vest. The shares are held in an Employee 
Share Ownership Trust.

Revenue 
The Group recognises revenue on an accruals basis, when the amount of revenue can be reliably measured and it is probable that future 
economic benefits will flow to the Group.

Gross rental income – Gross rental income is rental income adjusted for tenant incentives, recognised on a straight-line basis over the 
term of the underlying lease. Contingent rents, being lease payments that are not fixed at the inception of a lease, for example turnover 
rents, are recorded as income in the periods in which they are earned.

Ancillary income – Ancillary income comprises rent and other income from short-term tenancies of mobile units, car park income and 
other sundry income and is recognised over the period of the lettings and contracts.

Service charge – Service charge income represents recharges of the running costs of the shopping centres made to tenants.

Management fees – Management fees are recognised, in line with the property management contracts, in the year to which they relate. 
They include income in relation to services provided by Capital & Regional Property Management Limited (“CRPM”) to associates and 
joint ventures for asset and property management, project co-ordination, procurement, and management of service charges and directly 
recoverable expenses

Dividend and interest income – Dividend income from investments is recognised when the shareholders’ right to receive payment has 
been established. Interest income is accrued on a time basis, by reference to the principal outstanding and at the effective interest rate 
applicable, which is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts through the expected life of the financial asset to that 
asset’s net carrying amount. 

Snozone income – Revenue arises from the operation of indoor ski operations. Revenue represents the amounts received from 
customers (excluding VAT) for admissions tickets, membership, retail, food and beverage sales and sponsorship. Ticket revenue 
is recognised at point of entry. Revenue from the sale of memberships is deferred and then recognised over the period that the 
membership is valid. Retail and food and beverage sales revenues are recognised at the point of sale. Sponsorship revenue is recognised 
over the relevant contract term. 

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   95

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

95

06/05/2020   10:50:43

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALFINANCIALS1 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
Finance costs
All borrowing costs are recognised under Finance costs in the income statement in the year in which they are incurred. Finance costs also 
include the amortisation of loan issue costs and any loss in the value of the Group’s wholly-owned interest rate swaps.

Operating segments
The Group’s reportable segments under IFRS 8 are now Shopping Centres, Snozone and Group/Central. UK Shopping Centres consists of 
the shopping centres at Blackburn, Hemel Hempstead, Ilford, Luton, Maidstone, Walthamstow and Wood Green. Group/Central includes 
management fee income, Group overheads incurred by Capital & Regional Property Management Limited, Capital & Regional plc and 
other subsidiaries and the interest expense on the Group’s central borrowing facility. 

In the prior year Shopping Centres was split between Wholly-owned assets and Other UK Shopping Centres. The latter consisted of the 
Group’s interest in the Kingfisher Limited Partnership (Redditch) until reclassification to a Fixed Asset Investment on 30 December 2018 – 
see Note 14b for further information. Following this reclassification the Group’s interest in the Kingfisher Limited Partnership is no longer 
equity accounted. The prior period segment information has been restated to reflect this change in reportable segments due to the 
change in the structure of the Group. 

The Shopping Centres segment derives its revenue from the rental of investment properties. The Snozone and Group/Central segments 
derive their revenue from the operation of indoor ski slopes and the management of property funds or schemes respectively. The split 
of revenue between these classifications satisfies the requirement of IFRS 8 to report revenues from different products and services. 
Depreciation and charges in respect of share-based payments represent the only significant non-cash expenses.

Adjusted Profit
Adjusted Profit is the total of Contribution from wholly-owned assets and the Group’s joint ventures and associates, the profit from 
Snozone and property management fees less central costs (including interest, excluding non-cash charges in respect of share-based 
payments) after tax. Adjusted Profit excludes revaluation of properties, profit or loss on disposal of properties or investments, gains or 
losses on financial instruments and exceptional one-off items. Results from Discontinued Operations are included up until the point of 
disposal or reclassification as held for sale. Further detail on the use of Adjusted Profit and other Alternative Performance Measures is 
provided within the Financial Review.

A reconciliation of Adjusted Profit to the statutory result is provided in Note 2a and, on a per share basis, in Note 9, where EPRA earnings 
figures are also provided.

96

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   96

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:43

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcFINANCIALSNotes to the financial statementsContinued2A OPERATING SEGMENTS

Year to 30 December 2019

Rental income from external sources
Property and void costs
Net rental income
Net interest expense
Snozone income/Management fees1
Management expenses
Investment income
Depreciation
Variable overhead (excluding non-cash items)
Tax charge
Adjusted Profit
Revaluation of properties
Loss on disposal
Loss on financial instruments
Share-based payments
Transaction costs on issue of new equity
Other items
(Loss)/profit

Total assets
Total liabilities
Net assets

Note

2b

2b

2b
2b

Shopping Centres

£m

63.0
(13.7)
49.3
(18.9)
–
–
–
–
–
–
30.4
(138.6)
–
(5.0)
–
–
–
(113.2)

820.0
(514.6)
305.4

Snozone
£m

–
–
–
–
10.5
(8.7)
–
(0.3)
–
–
1.5
–
–
–
–
–
–
1.5

3.9
(2.0)
1.9

Group/
Central
£m

–
–
–
–
2.3
(6.0)
0.2
(0.2)
(0.8)
–
(4.5)
(1.4)
(0.5)
–
(0.1)
(2.2)
(0.6)
(9.3)

76.4
(8.6)
67.8

Total
£m

63.0
(13.7)
49.3
(18.9)
12.8
(14.7)
0.2
(0.5)
(0.8)
–
27.4
(140.0)
(0.5)
(5.0)
(0.1)
(2.2)
(0.6)
(121.0)

900.3
(525.2)
375.1

1 Asset management fees of £3.4 million charged from the Group’s CRPM entity to wholly-owned assets have been excluded from the table above.

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   97

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

97

06/05/2020   10:50:43

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALFINANCIALSUK Shopping Centres

Wholly-owned 
assets
£m

Other UK
Shopping 
Centres1
£m

Snozone
£m

Group/
Central
£m

2A OPERATING SEGMENTS CONTINUED

Note

2b

2b

Year to 30 December 2018

Rental income from external sources
Property and void costs
Net rental income
Net interest expense
Snozone income/Management fees2
Management expenses
Investment income
Depreciation
Variable overhead (excluding non-cash items)
Tax charge
Adjusted Profit
Revaluation of properties
Gain on financial instruments
Refinancing costs
Share-based payments
Other items
Profit/(loss)

65.0
(13.1)
51.9
(18.7)
–
–
–
–
–
–
33.2
(47.5)
–
2.6
–
(0.2)
(11.9)

2.2
(0.7)
1.5
(1.1)
–
–
–
–
–
–
0.4
(5.0)
–
–
–
(0.8)
(5.4)

Total assets
Total liabilities
Net assets

2b
2b

951.0
(526.0)
425.0

14.8
(14.0)
0.8

–
–
–
–
10.4
(8.7)
–
(0.2)
–
–
1.5
–
–
–
–
–
1.5

5.1
(3.0)
2.1

–
–
–
(0.2)
2.3
(6.1)
0.4
(0.1)
(0.8)
(0.1)
(4.6)
–
(3.8)
–
(0.7)
(0.7)
(9.8)

9.9
(4.8)
5.1

Total
£m

67.2
(13.8)
53.4
(20.0)
12.7
(14.8)
0.4
(0.3)
(0.8)
(0.1)
30.5
(52.5)
(3.8)
2.6
(0.7)
(1.7)
(25.6)

980.8
(547.8)
433.0

1 Comprises Kingfisher Redditch. For further information see Note 14.

2 Asset management fees of £3.6 million charged from the Group’s CRPM entity to wholly-owned assets have been excluded from the table above.

98

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   98

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:43

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcFINANCIALSNotes to the financial statementsContinued2B RECONCILIATIONS OF REPORTABLE REVENUE, ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

Revenue
Rental income from external sources
Service charge income
Management fees
Snozone income
Revenue for reportable segments 
Elimination of inter-segment revenue
Rental income earned by associates and joint ventures
Revenue per consolidated income statement 

All revenue in the current and prior years was attributable to activities within the UK.

Assets
Wholly-owned assets
Other UK Shopping Centres
Snozone
Group/Central
Total assets of reportable segments
Adjustment for fixed asset investments
Group assets

Liabilities
Wholly-owned assets
Other UK Shopping Centres
Snozone
Group/Central
Total liabilities of reportable segments
Adjustment for fixed asset investments
Group liabilities

Net assets by country
UK
Germany
Group net assets

Note

2a

2a
2a

2a
3

Note

2a

2a

Year to
30 December
2019
£m

Year to
30 December
2018
£m

63.0
14.6
2.3
10.5
90.4
(1.5)
–
88.9

2019
£m

820.0
–
3.9
76.4
900.3
–
900.3

(514.6)
–
(2.0)
(8.6)
(525.2)
–
(525.2)

375.8
(0.7)
375.1

67.2
14.7
2.3
10.4
94.6
(1.4)
(2.2)
91.0

2018
£m

951.0
14.8
5.1
9.9
980.8
(14.0)
966.8

(526.0)
(14.0)
(3.0)
(4.8)
(547.8)
14.0
(533.8)

433.0
–
433.0

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   99

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

99

06/05/2020   10:50:44

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALFINANCIALS3 REVENUE

Gross rental income
Ancillary income

Service charge income
External management fees 
Snozone income
Revenue per consolidated income statement 

Year to
30 December
2019
£m

Year to
30 December
2018
£m

49.6
13.4
63.0
14.6
0.8
10.5
88.9

51.7
13.3
65.0
14.7
0.9
10.4
91.0

Note

2a
2b

2a
2b

External management fees represent revenue earned by the Group’s wholly-owned subsidiary Capital & Regional Property Management 
Limited. 

Year to
30 December
2019
£m

Year to
30 December
2018
£m

(13.2)
(13.1)
(9.0)
(35.3)

(12.7)
(13.3)
(8.9)
(34.9)

Year to
30 December
2019
£m

Year to
30 December
2018
£m

0.2
0.2

–
0.4

(1.0)
(14.5)
(0.3)
(3.4)

(4.7)
(23.9)

0.1
0.4

2.6
3.1

(1.0)
(14.0)
(0.5)
(3.4)

–
(18.9)

4 COST OF SALES

Property and void costs
Service charge costs
Snozone expenses
Total cost of sales

5 FINANCE INCOME AND COSTS

Finance income
Interest receivable
Income from fixed asset investments
Gain in fair value of financial instruments:

– Interest rate swaps
Total finance income
Finance costs
Amortisation of deferred loan arrangement fees
Interest payable on bank loans and overdrafts
Other interest payable
Finance lease costs (head lease)
Loss in fair value of financial instruments:

– Interest rate swaps

Total finance costs

100

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   100

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:44

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcFINANCIALSNotes to the financial statementsContinued6 LOSS BEFORE TAX
The loss before tax has been arrived at after charging/(crediting) the following items:

Operating lease charge
Impairment of receivables
Reversal and utilisation of impairment of receivables
Other gains and losses
Depreciation of plant and equipment
Staff costs 
Auditor’s remuneration for audit services (see below)
Transaction costs in association with Partial Offer and equity raise

Auditor’s remuneration
The analysis of the Auditor’s remuneration is as follows:

Fees payable to the Company’s Auditor and its associates for the audit of the Company’s annual 
financial statements
Fees payable to the Company’s Auditor and its associates for other services to the Group – the audit 
of the Company’s subsidiaries 
Total audit fees for the Company and its subsidiaries
Audit related assurance services – Review of Interim Report
Other assurance services
Consultancy services
Total non-audit fees
Total fees paid to Auditor and its associates

7 STAFF COSTS

Salaries
Discretionary bonuses 
Share-based payments

Social security
Other pension costs

Note

13
13

11
7

Year to
30 December
2019
£m

Year to
30 December
2018
£m

2.2
2.0
(1.9)
1.5
0.5
10.5
0.2
2.2

2.1
1.8
(1.2)
4.5
0.3
11.6
0.2
–

Year to
30 December
2019
£'000

Year to
30 December
2018
£'000

82

73
155
45
2
–
47
202

83

72
155
40
–
20
60
215

Note

20

Year to
30 December
2019
£m

Year to
30 December
2018
£m

8.2
0.9
0.1
9.2
1.0
0.3
10.5

8.8
0.9
0.8
10.5
0.9
0.2
11.6

Staff costs amounting to £0.6 million (2018: £0.4 million) have been capitalised as development costs during the year.

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   101

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

101

06/05/2020   10:50:44

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALFINANCIALS 
Staff numbers
The monthly average number of employees (including Executive Directors), being full-time equivalents, employed by the Group during 
the year was as follows:

CRPM/PLC
Shopping centres
Snozone
Total staff numbers

Year to
30 December
2019
Number

Year to
30 December
2018
Number

43
61
129
233

43
70
135
248

The monthly average number of total employees (including Executive Directors) employed within the Group during the year was 369 
(CRPM – 45, Shopping centres – 80, Snozone – 244) compared to 367 in 2018 (CRPM – 45, Shopping centres – 85, Snozone – 237).

There were no employees (2018: Nil) employed by the Company during 2019. 

8 TAX

8a Tax charge

Current tax
UK corporation tax 
Adjustments in respect of prior years
Total current tax credit
Deferred tax 
Adjustments in respect of prior years
Total deferred tax
Total tax charge 

£nil (2018: £nil) of the tax charge relates to items included in other comprehensive income.

8b Tax charge reconciliation

(Loss)/profit before tax on continuing operations
(Loss)/profit multiplied by the UK corporation tax rate of 19% (2018: 19%)
REIT exempt income and gains
Non-allowable expenses and non-taxable items
Excess tax losses
Adjustments in respect of prior years
Total tax charge

Year to
30 December
2019
£m

Year to
30 December
2018
£m

–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–

(0.1)
(0.1)
(0.1)

Year to
30 December
2019
£m

Year to
30 December
2018
£m

Note

(121.0)
(23.0)
22.2
0.6
0.2
–
–

(25.5)
(4.9)
3.1
1.7
0.1
0.1
0.1

8a

8c Deferred tax
The UK corporation tax main rate was reduced to 19% with effect from 1 April 2017. A further reduction in the rate of corporation tax to 
17% from 1 April 2020 was substantively enacted in Finance Act 2016. Consequently, the UK corporation tax rate at which the deferred 
tax is booked in the financial statements is 17% (2018: 17%).

The Group has recognised a deferred tax asset of £nil (2018: £nil). No deferred tax asset has been recognised in respect of temporary 
differences arising from investments or investments in associates or in joint ventures in the current or prior years as it is not certain that 
a deduction will be available when the asset crystallises.

The Group has £19 million (2018: £18.7 million) of unused revenue tax losses, all of which are in the UK. No deferred tax asset has 
been recognised in respect of these losses due to the unpredictability of future profit streams and other reasons which may restrict the 
utilisation of the losses (2018: £nil). The Group has unused capital losses of £24.9 million (2018: £24.9 million) that are available for offset 
against future gains but similarly no deferred tax has been recognised in respect of these losses owing to the unpredictability of future 
capital gains and other reasons which may restrict the utilisation of the losses. The losses do not have an expiry date. 

102

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   102

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:44

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcFINANCIALSNotes to the financial statementsContinued 
8d REIT compliance
The Group converted to a group REIT on 31 December 2014. As a result, the Group no longer pays UK corporation tax on the profits 
and gains from qualifying rental business in the UK provided it meets certain conditions. Non-qualifying profits and gains of the Group 
continue to be subject to corporation tax as normal. In order to achieve and retain group REIT status, several entrance tests had to be 
met and certain ongoing criteria must be maintained. The main criteria are as follows:

 „ at the start of each accounting year, the value of the assets of the property rental business plus cash must be at least 75% of the total 

value of the Group’s assets;

 „ at least 75% of the Group’s total profits must arise from the property rental business; and
 „ at least 90% of the Group’s UK property rental profits as calculated under tax rules must be distributed.

The Directors intend that the Group should continue as a group REIT for the foreseeable future, with the result that deferred tax is no 
longer recognised on temporary differences relating to the property rental business.

9 EARNINGS PER SHARE
The European Public Real Estate Association (“EPRA”) has issued recommendations for the calculation of earnings per share information 
as shown in the following tables: 

9a Earnings per share calculation

Profit (£m)
(Loss)/profit for the year 
Revaluation loss on 
investment properties (net 
of tax)
Loss on disposal (net of tax)
Transaction costs on issue of 
new equity
Changes in fair value of 
financial instruments
Share-based payments
Other items
(Loss)/profit (£m)
Earnings per share (pence)
Diluted earnings per share 
(pence)1

Year to 30 December 2019

Year to 30 December 2018

Note

Loss

EPRA 

Adjusted 
Profit

Loss

EPRA

Adjusted 
Loss

(121.0)

(121.0)

(121.0)

(25.6)

(25.6)

(25.6)

9b
9b

9b
2a

–
–

–

–
–
–
(121.0)
(16.2)

(16.2)

140.0
0.5

140.0
0.5

2.2

5.0
–
(0.3)
26.4
3.5

3.5

2.2

5.0
0.1
0.6
27.4
3.7

3.7

–
–

–

–
–
–
(25.6)
(3.5)

(3.5)

52.5
3.8

–

(2.6)
–
0.6
28.7
4.0

4.0

52.5
3.8

–

(2.6)
0.7
1.7
30.5
4.2

4.2

1  Per share amounts are unadjusted for the impact of the 10 for 1 share consolidation that completed on 15 January 2020. A multiple of ten needs to be 

applied to calculate the equivalent values.

None of the current or prior year earnings related to discontinued operations (2018: none). 

Weighted average number of shares (m)

Ordinary shares in issue
Own shares held
Basic
Dilutive contingently issuable shares and share options
Diluted

Note

21

Year to 
30 December 
2019

Year to
30 December 
2018

746.2
(0.6)
745.6
3.3
748.9

721.9
(0.5)
721.4
4.6
726.0

At the end of the year, the Group had 10,698,595 (2018: 8,162,625) share options and contingently issuable shares granted under 
share-based payment schemes that could potentially dilute earnings per share in the future, but which have not been included in the 
calculation because they are not dilutive or the conditions for vesting have not been met.

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   103

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

103

06/05/2020   10:50:44

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALFINANCIALS9  EARNINGS PER SHARE CONTINUED 
9b Reconciliation of earnings figures included in earnings per share calculations

Year to 30 December 2019

Year to 30 December 2018

Loss
on disposal of
investment
 properties
£m

Movement
in fair value
of financial
instruments
£m

Revaluation
movements
£m

Loss
on disposal of
investment
 properties
£m

Movement
in fair value
of financial
instruments
£m

Revaluation
movements
£m

(140.0)
–
–
–
(140.0)

–
–
(0.5)
–
(0.5)

(5.0)
–
–
–
(5.0)

(47.5)
(5.0)
–
–
(52.5)

–
–
(3.8)
–
(3.8)

2.6
–
–
–
2.6

Note

14c

9a

Wholly-owned
Associates
Joint ventures
Tax effect
Total

9c Headline earnings per share
Headline earnings per share has been calculated and presented as required by the JSE Listing Requirements.

Profit (£m)
(Loss) for the year
Revaluation loss on investment properties (including tax)
Loss on disposal (net of tax)
Transaction costs on issue of new equity
Other items
Headline earnings

Weighted average number of shares (m)
Ordinary shares in issue
Own shares held
Dilutive contingently issuable shares and share options

Headline Earnings per share (pence) Basic/Diluted1

Year to 30 December 2019

Year to 30 December 2018

Basic

Diluted 

Basic

Diluted

(121.0)
140.0
0.5
2.2
(0.3)
21.4

746.2
(0.6)
–
745.6
2.9

(121.0)
140.0
0.5
2.2
(0.3)
21.4

746.2
(0.6)
3.3
748.9
2.9

(25.6)
52.5
3.8
–
(0.2)
30.5

721.9
(0.5)
–
721.4
4.2

(25.6)
52.5
3.8
–
(0.2)
30.5

721.9
(0.5)
4.6
726.0
4.2

1  Per share amounts are unadjusted for the impact of the 10 for 1 share consolidation that completed on 15 January 2020. A multiple of ten needs to be 

applied to calculate the equivalent values.

10 INVESTMENT PROPERTIES
10a Wholly-owned properties

Cost or valuation
At 30 December 2017
Capital expenditure (excluding capital contributions)
Valuation deficit1
At 30 December 2018
Capital expenditure (excluding capital contributions)
Valuation deficit
At 30 December 2019

Freehold
investment
properties
£m

Leasehold
investment
properties
£m

Total
property
assets
£m

437.4
8.8
(14.1)
432.1
6.6
(59.6)
379.1

493.2
6.1
(33.2)
466.1
4.7
(79.0)
391.8

930.6
14.9
(47.3)
898.2
11.3
(138.6)
770.9

1 £47.5 million per Income statement and Note 2a includes letting fee amortisation adjustment of £0.2 million.

104

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   104

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:45

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcFINANCIALSNotes to the financial statementsContinued 
 
10 INVESTMENT PROPERTIES CONTINUED
10b Property assets summary

Investment properties at fair value
Head leases treated as finance leases on investment properties
Unamortised tenant incentives on investment properties
IFRS Property Value

30 December 2019

30 December 2018

100%
£m

727.1
61.5
(17.7)
770.9

Group share
£m 

727.1
61.5
(17.7)
770.9

100%
£m

855.2
61.3
(18.3)
898.2

Group share
£m 

855.2
61.3
(18.3)
898.2

10c Valuations
External valuations at 30 December 2019 were carried out on all of the gross property assets detailed in the table above. The fair value 
was £727.1 million (2018: £855.2 million). 

The valuations were carried out by independent qualified professional valuers from CBRE Limited and Knight Frank LLP in accordance 
with RICS standards. These valuers are not connected with the Group and their fees are charged on a fixed basis that is not dependent 
on the outcome of the valuations. 

The Group considers all of its investment properties to fall within “Level 3”, as defined in Note 1. The table below summarises the key 
unobservable inputs used in the valuation of the Group’s wholly-owned investment properties at 30 December 2019:

Wholly-owned assets

Market Value 
£m

727.1

Estimated rental value £ per sq ft

Low

9.3

Portfolio

15.4

High

24.3

Equivalent yield %

Low

5.3

Portfolio

7.6

High

10.4

Sensitivities
The following table illustrates the impact of changes in key unobservable inputs (in isolation) on the fair value of the Group’s properties:

Wholly-owned assets

Impact on valuations of 5% 
change in estimated rental value

Impact on valuations of 25bps 
change in equivalent yield

Impact on valuations of 50bps 
change in equivalent yield

Increase
£m

30.6

Decrease 
£m

(28.8)

Increase
£m

(25.8)

Decrease 
£m

27.7

Increase
£m

(49.7)

Decrease 
£m

57.7

Impact on valuations of 100bps 
change in equivalent yield

Increase
£m

(93.0)

Decrease 
£m

125.6

Wholly-owned assets

11 PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Cost
At the start of the year
Additions
Disposals
At the end of the year
Accumulated depreciation
At the start of the year
Charge for the year
Eliminated on disposal
At the end of the year
Carrying amount
At the end of the year

30 December
2019
£m

30 December
2018
£m

5.3
0.7
(0.1)
5.9

(3.3)
(0.5)
0.1
(3.7)

2.2

4.8
0.5
–
5.3

(3.0)
(0.3)
–
(3.3)

2.0

105

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   105

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:45

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALFINANCIALS 
 
 
 
12 SUBSIDIARIES
A list of the subsidiaries of the Group, including the name, country of incorporation, and proportion of ownership interest is given in 
Note F to the Company financial statements.

13 RECEIVABLES

Amounts falling due after one year:
Financial assets
Interest rate swaps

Non-financial assets
Unamortised tenant incentives
Unamortised rent free periods

Amounts falling due within one year:
Financial assets
Trade receivables (net of allowances)
Other receivables
Accrued income
Non-derivative financial assets

Non-financial assets
Prepayments
Unamortised tenant incentives
Unamortised rent free periods

30 December 
2019
£m

30 December 
2018
£m

–
–

4.5
10.2
14.7

6.5
1.3
1.1
8.9

3.5
1.2
1.8
15.4

1.2
1.2

5.0
10.3
16.5

7.3
1.1
1.1
9.5

2.8
1.2
1.8
15.3

Included in the non-derivative financial assets balance are trade receivables with a carrying amount of £4.3 million (2018: £2.1 million) 
which are past due at the reporting date for which the Group has not provided, as there has not been a significant change in credit 
quality and the amounts are still considered recoverable. The Group holds collateral of £0.7 million (2018: £0.6 million) over trade 
receivables as security deposits held in rent accounts. The average age of trade receivables is 26 days (2018: 29 days).

Analysis of non-derivative current financial assets
Not past due
Past due but not individually impaired:

 Less than 1 month
 1 to 3 months
 3 to 6 months
 Over 6 months

Allowances for credit loss
At the start of the year
Additional allowances created
Utilised during the year
Unused amounts reversed
At the end of the year

106

30 December 
2019
£m

30 December 
2018
£m

4.6

2.0
0.4
1.2
0.7
8.9

7.4

0.7
0.6
0.5
0.3
9.5

30 December 
2019
£m

30 December 
2018
£m

1.3
2.0
(0.3)
(1.6)
1.4

0.7
1.8
(0.9)
(0.3)
1.3

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   106

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:45

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcFINANCIALSNotes to the financial statementsContinued 
 
 
 
13 RECEIVABLES CONTINUED
The creation and release of credit loss allowances have been included in cost of sales in the income statement.

Credit losses are calculated at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses. The expected credit losses on trade receivables are 
estimated using a provision matrix by reference to past default experience of the debtor and an analysis of the debtor’s current financial 
position, adjusted for factors that are specific to the debtor and an assessment of both the current as well as the forecast direction of 
conditions at the reporting date. 

There has been no change in the estimation techniques or significant assumptions made during the current reporting period. 

The Group writes off a trade receivable when there is information indicating that there is no realistic prospect of recovery. Changes in 
expected credit loss allowance arise from increase in calculated expected credit loss, as well as amounts written off.

The following table details the risk profile of trade receivables based on the Group’s provision matrix.

Not past due
2.6

1-30 days
6.1

31-60 days
7.2

61-90 days
39.5

>90 days
28.0

Expected credit loss rate (%)
Estimated total gross carrying amount at 
default (£m)
Lifetime ECL (£m)
Adjustment for forward looking estimate
Total expected credit loss

3.7
(0.1)
–
(0.1)

2.2
(0.1)
–
(0.1)

0.1
–
–
–

Total
12.31

9.0
(1.1)
(0.3)
(1.4)

2.7
(0.8)
(0.3)
(1.1)

1 This represents the total lifetime expected credit loss as a percentage of total group receivables.

14 INVESTMENT IN ASSOCIATES 
14a Share of results

Share of results of associates

14b Investment in associates

At the start of the year
Share of results of associates
Dividends and capital distributions received
Impairment
Reclassification to Fixed asset investments
At the end of the year

0.3
(0.1)
–
(0.1)

Note

14c

Note

14c

14c 

Year to
30 December
2019
£m

Year to
30 December
2018
£m

–

(4.6)
(4.6)

30 December
2019
£m

30 December
2018
£m

–
–
–
–
–
–

7.4
(4.6)
(1.2)
(0.8)
(0.8)
–

The Group’s only significant associate during 2018 was the Kingfisher Limited Partnership in which the Group is in partnership with funds 
under the management of Oaktree Capital Management LP. The Kingfisher Limited Partnership owns The Kingfisher Shopping Centre in 
Redditch. The Group has previously accounted for its interest as an associate on the basis it held a 20% share and exercised significant 
influence through its representation on the General Partner board and through acting as the property and asset manager. An agreement 
to restructure the Kingfisher holding was in place at 30 December 2018 and formally completed on 8 March 2019. As a result of this 
the Group’s equity holding was diluted to 12% and while the Group continues to act as property and asset manager it no longer has 
representation on the General Partner board. We consider that we did not exercise significant influence at year end December 2018 and 
reflecting this the Group’s remaining interest in the Kingfisher Limited Partnership was reclassified to a Fixed Asset Investment effective 
from that date.

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   107

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

107

06/05/2020   10:50:45

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALFINANCIALS 
 
14 INVESTMENT IN ASSOCIATES CONTINUED
14c Analysis of investment in associates

Income statement (100%)
Revenue – gross rent
Property and management expenses
Void costs
Net rent
Net interest payable
Contribution
Revaluation of investment properties
Fair value of interest rate swaps
Refinancing costs
Loss before tax
Tax
Loss after tax
Balance sheet (100%)
Investment properties
Other assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Net assets (100%)
Income statement (Group share)
Revenue – gross rent
Property and management expenses
Void costs
Net rent
Net interest payable
Contribution
Revaluation of investment properties
Fair value of interest rate swaps
Refinancing costs
Loss before tax
Tax
Loss after tax
Balance sheet (Group share)
Investment properties
Other assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Net assets (Group share)

1 Comprised Kingfisher Redditch.

108

Year to  
30 December
20191
Total
£m

Year to  
30 December
20181
Total
£m

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–

10.8
(2.4)
(1.0)
7.4
(5.7)
1.7
(24.7)
–
–
(23.0)
0.2
(22.8)

–
–
–
–
–

2.2
(0.5)
(0.2)
1.5
(1.1)
0.4
(5.0)
–
–
(4.6)
–
(4.6)

–
–
–
–
–

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   108

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:45

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcFINANCIALSNotes to the financial statementsContinued 
15 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash at bank and in hand
Security deposits held in rent accounts
Other restricted balances

30 December
2019
£m

30 December
2018
£m

90.5
0.7
4.7
95.9

27.3
0.6
4.1
32.0

Cash at bank and in hand include amounts subject to a charge against various borrowings and may therefore not be immediately 
available for general use by the Group. All of the above amounts at 30 December 2019 were held in sterling other than £0.3 million which 
was held in euros (30 December 2018: £0.2 million). 

16 TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Amounts falling due after one year:
Financial liabilities
Accruals
Other creditors
Non-derivative financial liabilities
Financial liabilities carried as fair value through profit or loss
Interest rate swaps

Amounts falling due within one year:
Financial liabilities
Trade payables
Accruals
Other creditors
Non-derivative financial liabilities

Non-financial liabilities
Deferred income
Other taxation and social security 

The average age of trade payables is 18 days (2018: 34 days). No amounts incur interest (2018: £nil).

30 December
2019
£m

30 December
2018
£m

0.1
1.7
1.8

3.4
5.2

1.8
20.0
3.8
25.6

9.3
0.8
35.7

0.3
1.7
2.0

0.2
2.2

2.8
17.6
5.3
25.7

10.5
0.9
37.1

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   109

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

109

06/05/2020   10:50:46

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALFINANCIALS 
 
 
 
17 BANK LOANS
17a Summary of borrowings 
The Group’s borrowings are arranged to ensure an appropriate maturity profile and to maintain short-term liquidity. There were no 
defaults or other breaches of financial covenants that were not waived under any of the Group borrowings during the current year or the 
preceding year.

Borrowings at amortised cost

Secured
Fixed and swapped bank loans
Variable rate bank loans
Total borrowings before costs
Unamortised issue costs
Total borrowings after costs

Analysis of total borrowings after costs
Current
Non-current
Total borrowings after costs

Note

17d
17d

30 December
2019
£m

30 December
2018
£m

427.4
–
427.4
(4.6)
422.8

–
422.8
422.8

438.4
–
438.4
(5.5)
432.9

–
432.9
432.9

Hemel Hempstead capital expenditure facility and Group revolving credit facility
On 13 March 2019 the Group completed a new £7 million capital expenditure facility with The Royal Bank of Scotland plc to part fund a 
cinema development and related leisure works at The Marlowes Hemel Hempstead. The facility is undrawn as at 31 December 2019. At 
the same time the Group’s revolving credit facility was rebased from £30 million to £15 million with improved headroom on both Total 
Net Worth and Loan to Value covenants. The revolving credit facility was undrawn at 30 December 2018 and 30 December 2019.

17b Maturity of borrowings

From two to five years
Greater than five years
Due after more than one year
Current

17c Undrawn committed facilities

Expiring between two and five years
Expiring greater than five years

30 December
2019
£m

30 December
2018
£m

Note

262.4
165.0
427.4
–
427.4

134.4
304.0
438.4
–
438.4

17a

30 December
2019
£m

30 December
2018
£m

22.0
–

30.0
–

The Articles of the Company include some restrictions on borrowing but this did not limit the amount available for drawdown on the 
above facility during the current year or the preceding year.

17d Interest rate and currency profile of borrowings

Fixed and swapped rate borrowings
Between 2% and 3%
Between 3% and 4%

Variable rate borrowings

110

30 December
2019
£m

30 December
2018
£m

Note

17a
17a

39.0
388.4
427.4
–
427.4

39.0
399.4
438.4
–
438.4

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   110

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:46

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcFINANCIALSNotes to the financial statementsContinued 
 
 
 
 
18 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT
18a Overview
Capital risk management
The capital structure of the Group consists of debt, which includes the borrowings disclosed in Note 17a; cash and cash equivalents 
as disclosed in Note 15; and equity attributable to equity holders of the parent, comprising issued share capital, reserves and retained 
earnings as disclosed in the Statement of changes in equity. For the purpose of calculating gearing ratios, debt is defined as long and 
short-term borrowings (excluding derivatives) excluding unamortised issue costs. Equity includes all capital and reserves of the Group 
attributable to equity holders of the Company.

The Group is not subject to externally imposed capital requirements. The Board reviews the capital structure and cost of capital on an 
annual basis and has set out a target range for net debt to property value of 35% to 45% in the medium term. The risks associated with 
each class of capital are also considered as part of the risk reviews presented to the Audit Committee and the Board. 

Gearing ratios

Statutory

Debt before unamortised issue costs
Cash and cash equivalents
Group net debt

Equity
Net debt to equity ratio

See-through

Debt before unamortised issue costs
Cash and cash equivalents
Net debt

Equity
Net debt to equity ratio

Properties at valuation
Wholly-owned
Associates (Group share)
Total Group Property at valuation
Net debt to property value ratio

Note

17a
15

Note

18e

10b

30 December
2019
£m

30 December
2018
£m

427.4
(90.5)
336.9

375.1
90%

438.4
(27.3)
411.1

433.0
95%

30 December
2019
£m

30 December
2018
£m

427.4
(90.5)
336.9

375.1
90%

727.1
–
727.1
46%

438.4
(27.3)
411.1

433.0
95%

855.2
–
855.2
48%

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   111

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

111

06/05/2020   10:50:46

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALFINANCIALS 
 
18 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
18A OVERVIEW continued 
Categories of financial (liabilities)/assets

Financial assets

 Current receivables
 Cash and cash equivalents
 Interest rate swaps
 Interest rate caps

Financial assets measured at 
amortised cost

Financial liabilities
 Current payables
 Current borrowings
 Non-current payables
 Non-current borrowings
 Interest rate swaps

Financial liabilities measured at 
amortised cost
Total financial (liabilities)/assets

Note

13
15
13
13

16
17a
16
17a
16

Carrying 
value
£m

2019

Gain/(loss) 
to income
£m

Gain to 
equity
£m

Carrying 
value
£m

2018

Gain/(loss)  
to income
£m

Gain to 
equity
£m

8.9
95.9
–
–

104.8

(25.6)
–
(1.8)
(422.8)
(3.4)

(453.6)
(348.6)

–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
(1.0)
(4.7)

(5.7)
(5.7)

–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–

9.5
32.0
1.2
–

42.7

(25.7)
–
(2.0)
(432.9)
(0.2)

(460.8)
(418.1)

–
–
2.3
–

2.3

–
–
–
(1.0)
0.3

(0.7)
1.6

–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–

Significant accounting policies
Details of the significant accounting policies adopted in respect of each class of financial asset, financial liability and equity instrument, 
including the criteria for recognition, the basis of measurement and the basis on which income and expenses are recognised, are 
disclosed in the significant accounting policies in Note 1.

Financial risk management objectives
Exposure to credit, interest rate and currency risks arise in the normal course of the Group’s business. The Group seeks to minimise the 
effect of these risks by using derivative financial instruments to manage exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency 
exchange rates. Such instruments are not employed for speculative purposes. The use of any derivatives is approved by the Board, 
which provides guidelines on the acceptable levels of interest rate risk, credit risk, foreign exchange risk and liquidity risk, and the ranges 
of hedging required against these risks.

18b Interest rate risk
The Group manages its interest rate risk through a combination of fixed rate loans and interest rate derivatives, typically interest rate 
swaps or caps. The Group’s objective in managing its interest rate risk is to ensure that it always maintains sufficient headroom to cover 
interest payments from anticipated cash flows and the Directors regularly review the ratio of fixed to floating rate debt to assist this 
process. The Group does not hedge account its interest rate derivatives and states them at fair value with changes in fair value included 
in the income statement.

The following table shows a summary of the Group’s interest rate cap and swap contracts and their maturity dates.

Interest rate swap
Interest rate swap
Interest rate swap
Interest rate swap
Interest rate swap

Loan facility
Hemel Hempstead
Hemel Hempstead
The Mall, Luton 
Four Mall assets
The Exchange, Ilford

Maturity date
6 February 2023
6 February 2023
30 December 2023
22 January 2024
8 March 2024

Notional principal
£18,650,000
£8,237,000
£96,500,000
£100,000,000
£39,000,000

Contract fixed rate
1.33%
1.30%
1.14%
1.13%
1.00%

30 December 2019  
fair value £m
liability
(0.3)
(0.1)
(1.3)
(1.3)
(0.3)

112

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   112

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:46

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcFINANCIALSNotes to the financial statementsContinued 
18 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
18b Interest rate risk continued
Sensitivity analysis
The following table shows the Group’s sensitivity to a 100bps increase or decrease in interest rates. To calculate the impact on the 
income statement for the year the interest rates on all external floating rate interest bearing loans and borrowings and interest earning 
cash, including loans and cash within associates and joint ventures, have been increased or decreased by 100bps. The income statement 
impact includes the estimated effect of a 100bps decrease or increase in interest rates on the market values of interest rate derivatives.

Floating rate loans and cash – (loss)/gain
Interest rate derivatives – gain/(loss)
Impact on the income statement - (loss)/gain
Impact on equity – (loss)/gain

100bps increase in interest rates 100bps decrease in interest rates

Year to
30 December
2019
£m

Year to
30 December
2018
£m

Year to
30 December
2019
£m

Year to
30 December
2018
£m

–
10.2
10.2
10.2

–
13.0
13.0
13.0

–
(10.2)
(10.2)
(10.2)

–
(13.0)
(13.0)
(13.0)

18c Credit risk
The Group’s principal financial assets are bank and cash balances, short-term deposits, trade and other receivables and investments. 
Credit risk, being the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Group, is primarily 
attributable to loans and trade and other receivables, which are principally amounts due from tenants. Credit risk arising from tenants 
is mitigated as the Group receives most rents in advance, monitors credit ratings for significant tenants and makes an allowance for 
doubtful receivables that represents the estimate of potential losses in respect of trade receivables. The Group’s expected credit loss 
allowance disclosed in Note 13 to the financial statements is considered to represent the Group’s best estimate of the exposure to credit 
risk associated to trade receivables, calculated in accordance with IFRS 9. The Group recalculates expected credit losses each year, with 
reference to forward looking information, changes in credit risk, including improvements, being identified as part of this process. The 
Group regularly monitors the effectiveness of the criteria used to identify whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk and 
revises them as appropriate to ensure that the criteria are capable of identifying significant increase in credit risk before the amount 
becomes past due. 

The credit risk on short-term deposits and derivative financial instruments is limited because the counterparties are banks with high 
credit ratings assigned by international credit rating agencies. The Group is not exposed to significant credit risk on its other financial 
assets.

18d Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk reflects the risk that the Group will have insufficient resources to meet its financial liabilities as they fall due. The day-
to-day operations of the Group are largely funded through the items included in the breakdown of Adjusted Profit included in Note 
2a. The majority of income within Adjusted Profit is received quarterly, since the inflows and outflows from net rental income and net 
interest payable generally coincide with English quarter days, and property management fees are billed quarterly. As a result, the Group 
normally has sufficient funds to cover recurring administrative expenses which occur throughout the year. Liquidity risk therefore arises 
principally from the need to make payments for non-recurring items, such as tax payments and the close out of derivative financial 
instruments. 

The Group’s objective in managing liquidity risk is to ensure that it has sufficient funds to meet all its potential liabilities as they fall 
due, both in normal market conditions and when considering negative projections against expected outcomes, so as to avoid the risk 
of incurring contractual penalties or damaging the Group’s reputation. The Group maintains a rolling 18 month forecast of anticipated 
recurring and non-recurring cash flows under different scenarios. This is compared to expected cash balances and amounts available for 
drawdown on the Group’s core revolving credit facility to ensure that any potential shortfalls in funding are identified and managed. The 
Group’s primary means of managing liquidity risk are its long-term debt facilities and its core revolving credit facility, expiring in January 
2022, which had £15 million fully available at 30 December 2019 as disclosed in Note 17c. 

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   113

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

113

06/05/2020   10:50:46

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALFINANCIALS18 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
18d Liquidity risk continued
The following table shows the maturity analysis of non-derivative financial assets/(liabilities) at the balance sheet date and, where 
applicable, their effective interest rates.

2019

Financial assets
Current receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Non-current receivables

Financial liabilities
Borrowings – bank loans
Borrowings – other loans
Current payables
Non-current payables

2018

Financial assets
Current receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Financial liabilities
Borrowings – bank loans
Borrowings – other loans
Current payables
Non-current payables

Note

13
15
13

17a
16
16
16

Note

13
15

17a
16
16
16

Effective
interest rate
%

Less than
1 year
£m

1–2 years
£m

2–5 years
£m

More than
5 years
£m

–
0.5%
–
–

3.3%
2.3%
–
–
–

8.9
95.9
–
104.8

–
–
(25.6)
–
(25.6)

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
(0.1)
(0.1)

–
–
–
–

(132.8)
(1.7)
–
–
(134.5)

Effective
interest rate
%

Less than
1 year
£m

1–2 years
£m

2–5 years
£m

–

0.2%

3.3%
2.3%
–

–

9.5
32.0
41.5

–
–
(25.7)
–
(25.7)

–
–
–

–
–
–
(0.3)
(0.3)

–
–
–

(132.4)
(1.7)
–
–
(134.1)

–
–
–
–

(290.0)
–
–
–
(290.0)

More than
5 years
£m

–
–
–

(300.5)
–
–
–
(300.5)

Total
£m

8.9
95.9
–
104.8

(422.8)
(1.7)
(25.6)
(0.1)
(450.2)

Total
£m

9.5
32.0
41.5

(432.9)
(1.7)
(25.7)
(0.3)
(460.6)

The following tables detail the Group’s remaining contractual maturity for its non-derivative financial liabilities. The tables have been 
drawn up based on the undiscounted cash inflows/(outflows) of financial liabilities based on the earliest date on which the Group can  
 required to pay, including both interest and principal cash flows.

2019
Borrowings – fixed bank loans
Borrowings – other fixed loans
Non-interest bearing

2018

Borrowings – fixed bank loans
Borrowings – other fixed loans
Non-interest bearing

Less than
1 year
£m

(13.8)
–
(25.6)
(39.4)

Less than
1 year
£m

(14.2)
–
(25.7)
(39.9)

1–2 years
£m

2–3 years
£m

3–4 years
£m

4–5 years
£m

(13.8)
(2.1)
(0.1)
(16.0)

(13.8)
–
–
(13.8)

(13.8)
–
–
(13.8)

(136.4)
–
–
(136.4)

1–2 years
£m

2–3 years
£m

3–4 years
£m

4–5 years
£m

(14.2)
(2.3)
(0.3)
(16.8)

(14.2)
–
–
(14.2)

(14.2)
–
–
(14.2)

(147.7)
–
–
(147.7)

More than
5 years
£m

(182.8)
–
–
(182.8)

More than
5 years
£m

(321.8)
–
–
(321.8)

Total
£m

(374.4)
(2.1)
(25.7)
(402.2)

Total
£m

(526.3)
(2.3)
(26.0)
(554.6)

114

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   114

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:47

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcFINANCIALSNotes to the financial statementsContinued 
 
 
 
 
 
18 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
18d Liquidity risk continued
The following tables detail the Group’s remaining contractual maturity for its derivative financial assets/(liabilities), all of which are 
net settled, based on the undiscounted net cash inflows/(outflows). When the amount payable or receivable is not fixed, it has been 
determined by reference to the projected interest rates as illustrated by the yield curves existing at the reporting date.

2019

Net settled
Interest rate swaps

2018

Net settled
Interest rate swaps

Less than
1 year
£m

1–2 years
£m

2–3 years
£m

3–4 years
£m

4–5 years
£m

More than
5 years
£m

(0.9)
(0.9)

(0.9)
(0.9)

(0.9)
(0.9)

(0.7)
(0.7)

–
–

–
–

Less than
1 year
£m

1–2 years
£m

2–3 years
£m

3–4 years
£m

4–5 years
£m

More than
5 years
£m

(0.9)
(0.9)

(0.9)
(0.9)

(0.9)
(0.9)

(0.9)
(0.9)

(0.7)
(0.7)

–
–

Total
£m

(3.4)
(3.4)

Total
£m

4.3
4.3

18e Fair values of financial instruments
The fair values of financial instruments together with their carrying amounts in the balance sheet are as follows:

Note

18a

18a

13

Financial liabilities not at fair value 
through income statement
Sterling denominated loans
Total on balance sheet borrowings
Group share of associate borrowings
Total see-through borrowings 

Derivative assets/(liabilities) at fair value 
through income statement
Interest rate caps
Interest rate swaps
Total on balance sheet derivatives
Group share of sterling interest rate caps in 
associates and joint ventures
Group share of sterling interest rate swaps in 
associates and joint ventures
Total see-through derivatives

Notional 
principal
£m

2019
Book value
£m

2019
Fair value
£m

2018
Book value
£m

2018
Fair value
£m

(427.4)
(427.4)
–
(427.4)

(431.8)
(431.8)
–
(431.8)

(438.4)
(438.4)
–
(438.4)

(437.9)
(437.9)
–
(437.9)

427.4

–

–
(3.4)
(3.4)

–

–
(3.4)

–
(3.4)
(3.4)

–

–
(3.4)

–
1.3
1.3

–

–
1.3

–
1.3
1.3

–

–
1.3

The fair value of borrowings has been estimated on the basis of quoted market prices. Details of the Group’s cash and deposits are 
disclosed in Note 15 and their fair values are equal to their book values. All of the above financial instruments are measured, subsequent 
to initial recognition, at fair value. All instruments were considered to be Level 2, as defined in Note 1. There were no transfers between 
Levels in the year. 

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   115

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

115

06/05/2020   10:50:47

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALFINANCIALS 
 
 
19 SHARE CAPITAL

Ordinary shares of 1p each
At the start of the year
Shares issued
Total called-up share capital

Number of shares
issued and fully paid

Nominal value of shares  
issued and fully paid

2019
Number

2018
Number

726,389,117
312,451,263
1,038,840,380

718,275,760
8,113,357
726,389,117

2019
£m

7.3
3.1
10.4

2018
£m

7.2
0.1
7.3

The Company has one class of Ordinary shares which carry voting rights but no right to fixed income. 

On 15 January 2020 the Company completed a share consolidation whereby every ten Ordinary Shares of 1 pence each were 
consolidated into one ordinary share of 10 pence each; this resulted in 103,884,025 shares being in circulation. 

The Company maintains a Secondary Listing on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange (“JSE”) in South Africa. At 30 December 2019, 
58,738,414 (2018: 64,420,122) of the Company’s shares were held on the JSE register. The table below outlines the movements of shares 
in the year.

Brought forward at 31 December 2018
04 November 2019 – new shares issued
09 December 2019 – new shares issued
23 December 2019 – new shares issued
Carried forward at 30 December 2019

Price per share 
(Pence)

No. of shares

Total No. of 
shares

Nominal value 
(£m)

Share premium 
(£m)

1.0
25.0
1.0

1,000,000

726,389,117
727,389,117
311,451,258 1,038,840,375
5 1,038,840,380
1,038,840,380

7.3
–
3.1
–
10.4

166.5
–
71.5
–
238.0

20 SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS
The Group’s share-based payments comprise the 2008 LTIP and the Executive Directors’ deferred bonus share scheme (DBSS). Further 
details are disclosed in the Directors’ Remuneration Report. 

In accordance with IFRS 2, the fair value of equity-settled share-based payments to employees is determined at the date of grant. 
For options with market based conditions these are calculated using either a Black–Scholes option pricing model or a Monte Carlo 
simulation. For the elements of options that include non-market based conditions an initial estimate is made of the likely qualifying 
percentage, which is subsequently updated at each reporting date. 

Income statement charge

Equity-settled share-based payments – 2008 LTIP & CIP

The figures above exclude a National Insurance credit in the year of £nil (2018: credit of £0.1 million).

Movements during the year
Outstanding at 30 December 2017
Granted during the year
Exercised during the year
Forfeited during the year
Outstanding at 30 December 2018
Granted during the year
Exercised during the year1
Forfeited during the year
Outstanding at 30 December 2019
Exercisable at the end of the year

Year to
30 December
2019
£m

Year to
30 December
2018
£m

0.1

0.7

Number of Options

Deferred 
Bonus Share 
Scheme
275,146
–
–
–
275,146
56,361
(50,106)
–
281,401
225,040

LTIP
14,703,482
4,632,222
(691,480)
(6,128,416)
12,515,808
–
(833,600)
(3,472,952)
8,209,256
–

1 The weighted average share price of options exercised during the year was 26.7p (2018: 45.1p).

All options in the tables above have a nil exercise price. Figures are unadjusted for the impact of the 10 for 1 share consolidation that 
completed on 15 January 2020.  Outstanding amounts need to be reduced by a multiple of ten needs to calculate the equivalent number 
of shares.

116

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   116

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:47

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcFINANCIALSNotes to the financial statementsContinued 
20 SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS CONTINUED
Assumptions
Share price at grant date
Exercise price
Expected volatility
Expected life including holding period (years)
Average life remaining including holding period (years)
Risk free rate 
Expected dividend yield
Lapse rate
Fair value of award at grant date per share

August 2015 

March 2016 

August 2017 

April 2018

57.8p
0.0p
34%
4.50
0.68
0.96%
5.00%
0%
23p

59.5p
0.0p
27%
5.00
2.64
0.56%
5.00%
0%
26p

59.5p
0.0p
19%
5.00
3.30
0.53%
5.70%
0%
25p

53.5p
0.0p
16%
5.00
4.30
1.14%
6.80%
0%
21p

Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Group’s share price over the three years to the date of grant. The ten-year UK 
Gilt rate at time of grant is used for estimating the risk free rate. Options are assumed to be exercised at the earliest possible date.

21 OWN SHARES HELD

At the start of the year
Disposed of
At the end of the year

 Own shares 
held
£m
–
–
–

The own shares reserve represents the cost of shares in the Company purchased in the market. At 30 December 2019, the Capital & 
Regional plc 2002 Employee Share Trust (the “ESOT”) held 608,694 (2018: 491,219) shares to assist the Group in meeting the outstanding 
share awards under the schemes described above. The right to receive dividends on these shares has been waived. The market value of 
these shares at 30 December 2019 was £0.2 million (2018: £0.1 million).

22 RECONCILIATION OF NET CASH FROM OPERATIONS

(Loss) for the year

Adjusted for: 
Income tax charge 
Finance income 
Finance expense 
Finance lease costs (head lease)
Loss on revaluation of wholly-owned properties 
Share of loss in associates 
Depreciation of other fixed assets
Other gains and losses
Decrease/(increase) in receivables
(Decrease)/increase in payables
Non-cash movement relating to share-based payments
Net cash from operations1

Note

8a

14a
11

Year to
30 December
2019
£m

Year to
30 December
2018
£m

(121.0)

(25.6)

–
(0.4)
23.9
(3.4)
138.6
–
0.5
2.7
(0.4)
(3.1)
0.1
37.5

0.1
(3.1)
18.9
(3.4)
47.5
4.6
0.3
4.5
2.3
(0.2)
0.8
46.7

1. Due to presentational adjustments, this value differs to the preliminary announcement published on 5 March 2020.

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   117

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

117

06/05/2020   10:50:47

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALFINANCIALS 
 
 
23 CHANGES IN LIABILITIES ARISING FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

2019
Bank loans
Interest rate swaps
Finance lease liabilities
Total liabilities from financing activities

2018

Bank loans
Interest rate swaps
Finance lease liabilities
Total liabilities from financing activities

Note

17a
16
26

Note

17a
16
26

Non-cash changes

Financing 
cash flows

Fair value 
adjustments

Other 
changes

30 December 
2019

(11.0)
–
–
(11.0)

–
3.2
–
3.2

1.0
–
(0.1)
0.9

422.9
3.4
61.5
487.8

Non-cash changes

Financing  
cash flows

Fair value 
adjustments

Other 
changes

30 December 
2018

9.9
–
–
9.9

–
(1.3)
–
(1.3)

0.8
–
(0.1)
0.7

432.9
0.2
61.6
494.7

Opening

432.9
0.2
61.6
494.7

Opening

422.2
1.5
61.7
485.4

24 NET ASSETS PER SHARE
EPRA has issued recommended bases for the calculation of certain net assets per share information as shown in the following table:

Basic net assets
Own shares held
Dilutive contingently issuable shares and share options
Fair value of fixed rate loans (net of tax)
EPRA triple net assets
Exclude fair value of fixed rate loans (net of tax)
Exclude fair value of see-through interest rate derivatives
Exclude deferred tax on unrealised gains and capital 
allowances
EPRA net assets

Note

21

18e

Net assets
£m

375.1

(4.4)
370.7
4.4
3.5

–
378.6

30 December 2019

Number of
shares (m)

Net assets
per share1

30 December
2018 
Net assets
per share

36.1p

59.6p

1,038.8
(0.6)
3.3

1,041.5

35.6p

59.3p

1,041.5

36.4p 

59.1p

1  Per share amounts are unadjusted for the impact of the 10 for 1 share consolidation that completed on 15 January 2020. A multiple of ten needs to be 

applied to calculate the equivalent values.

25 RETURN ON EQUITY

Total comprehensive income attributable to equity shareholders
Opening equity shareholders’ funds plus time weighted additions
Return on equity

30 December
2019
£m

30 December
2018
£m

(121.0)
437.5
(27.7)%

(25.6)
482.9

(5.3)%

118

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   118

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:47

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcFINANCIALSNotes to the financial statementsContinued 
 
 
26 LEASE ARRANGEMENTS
The Group as lessee – operating leases
At the balance sheet date, the Group’s future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases related to land and 
buildings were as follows:

Lease payments
Within one year
Between one and five years
After five years

2019
£m

(2.3)
(9.4)
(5.3)
(17.0)

2018
£m

(2.2)
(9.0)
(7.6)
(18.8)

Operating lease payments are denominated in sterling and have an average remaining lease length of seven years (2018: eight years) 
and rentals are fixed for an average of two years (2018: three years). During the year there were no contingent rents (2018: £nil) and the 
Group incurred lease payments recognised as an expense of £2.2 million (2018: £2.1 million). 

The Group as lessee – finance leases
At the balance sheet date, the Group’s future minimum lease payments under finance leases were as follows:

Lease payments
Within one year
Between one and five years
After five years

Future finance charges on finance leases
Present value of finance lease liabilities

2019
£m

3.5
13.8
354.9
372.2
(310.7)
61.5

2018
£m

3.5
13.9
358.2
375.6
(314.0)
61.6

Finance lease liabilities are in respect of head leases on investment property. These leases provide for payment of contingent rent, 
usually a proportion of net rental income, in addition to the rents above.

The Group as lessor 
The Group leases out all of its investment properties under operating leases for average lease terms of six years (2018: seven years) 
to expiry. The leasing arrangements are summarised in the portfolio information on page 132. The future aggregate minimum rentals 
receivable under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

Unexpired
average
lease
term
Years

5.4
6.8

Less 
than 1
year
£m

42.5
44.8

2–5
years
£m

106.2
116.4

6–10 
years
£m

51.6
60.7

11–15 
years
£m

23.2
29.2

16–20
years
£m

12.0
15.6

More 
than 20
years
£m

59.3
79.9

Total
£m

294.8
346.6

30 December 2019
30 December 2018

27 CAPITAL COMMITMENTS
At 30 December 2019, the Group’s share of the capital commitments of its associates, joint ventures and wholly-owned properties was 
£3.9 million (2018: £3.5 million) relating to capital expenditure projects. 

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   119

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

119

06/05/2020   10:50:48

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALFINANCIALS28 CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
German joint venture
Under the terms of the German joint venture disposal, completed on 10 February 2015, the Group gave certain customary warranties 
as to their title to the relevant shares and certain warranties in relation to the German joint venture generally. In addition, Capital & 
Regional plc have provided an indemnity to the purchaser for potential German Real Estate Transfer Tax (RETT) liabilities if they arise out 
of actions undertaken by the Group within five years post completion. This period expired on 10 February 2020. All such actions covered 
by the indemnity are within the Group’s control. The maximum RETT liability based on the property valuation at the time of sale was 
approximately €20 million. 

29 EVENTS AFTER THE BALANCE SHEET DATE
On 15 January 2020 a 10:1 share consolidation came into effect. Every ten Ordinary Shares of 1 pence each have been converted into one 
ordinary share of 10 pence each, this resulted in 103,884,025 shares being in issue on this date.

In March 2020 the COVID-19 virus was declared a pandemic. Government announcements progressively brought in restrictions resulting 
in only shops providing essential services being allowed to remain open for trade. While all of the Group’s shopping centres remained 
open as at 15 April 2020, being the last practicable day before finalising this report, a majority of its tenants had closed as of the end of 
March. While It is too early to quantify the overall impact of COVID-19 on the Group's operations there will clearly be a significant level of 
disruption both to income, in at least the short term, and potentially to property valuations depending on how long it is until conditions 
allow a return to a more normalised trading environment. 

30 RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and are not 
disclosed in this note. Transactions between the Group and its associates and joint ventures, all of which occurred at normal market 
rates, are disclosed below.

Kingfisher Limited Partnership (Redditch)

Fee income and  
rent income

Net amounts
receivable from 

Year to
30 December
2019
£m

Year to
30 December
2018
£m

As at
30 December
2019
£m

As at
30 December
2018
£m

0.7

0.7

0.1

–

The Group’s interest in the Kingfisher Limited Partnership was reclassified to a Fixed Asset Investment as at 30 December 2018, as 
disclosed in Note 14b.

Amounts receivable from associates and joint ventures are unsecured and do not incur interest and they are payable on demand and 
settled in cash. Management fees are received by Capital & Regional Property Management Limited (CRPM) and are payable on demand. 
They are unsecured, do not incur interest and are settled in cash.

Property Management incentive arrangements
CRPM will earn an additional equity return from Kingfisher Limited Partnership if distributions result in a geared return in excess of a 
15% IRR. The Group will bear 12% of the cost by virtue of its investment in the Partnership. No performance fee has been recognised 
during the year (2018: none) as the criteria have currently not been met.

Transactions with key management personnel
In accordance with IAS 24, key personnel are considered to be the Executive Directors and Non-Executive Directors and members of the 
Executive Committee as they have the authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group. Their 
remuneration in the income statement is as follows:

Short-term employment benefits
Post-employment benefits
Share-based payments

Year to
30 December
2019
£m

Year to
30 December
2018
£m

1.3
0.1
0.1
1.5

1.6
0.1
0.3
2.0

In both years the highest paid Director was the Chief Executive whose remuneration is disclosed in the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
on page 63. 

120

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   120

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:48

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcFINANCIALSNotes to the financial statementsContinued 
 
 
31 DIVIDENDS
The dividends shown below are gross of any take-up of Scrip offer.

Final dividend per share for year ended 30 December 2017 of 1.91p
Interim dividend per share paid for year ended 30 December 2018 of 1.82p
Final dividend per share for year ended 30 December 2018 of 0.6p
Interim dividend per share paid for year ended 30 December 2019 of 1.0p
Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders in the year
Proposed final dividend per share for year ended 30 December 2019 of 11p
per 10p shares (this is equivalent to 1.1p per old 1p shares – see note 29)1

Year to
30 December
2019
£m

Year to
30 December
2018
£m

–
–
4.4
7.2
11.6

11.4

13.7
13.1
–
–
26.8

4.4

1 In line with the requirements of IAS 10 "Events after the Reporting Period”, this dividend has not been included as a liability in these financial statements.

32 ULTIMATE CONTROLLING PARTY
On 9 December 2019 Growthpoint Properties Limited (“Growthpoint”) were issued 311,451,258 new Capital & Regional plc shares at 25 
pence per share which enlarged the Group’s total issued share capital to 1,038,840,375. By 23 December 2019 Growthpoint completed a 
partial offer to acquire a further 219,786,924 Capital & Regional plc shares at 33 pence per share. 

These two transactions combined resulted in Growthpoint holding 51.2% of the issued share capital of the Company. As such 
Growthpoint is the ultimate controlling party of the Company and the largest group into which the results of the Company are 
consolidated. The registered office of Growthpoint Properties Limited is The Place, 1 Sandton Drive, Sandton, 2196, Johannesburg, 
South Africa.

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   121

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

121

06/05/2020   10:50:48

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALFINANCIALS 
Company balance sheet

At 30 December 2019

Registered number: 01399411
Prepared in accordance with FRS 101

Non-current assets
Investments

Current assets
Receivables – amounts falling due within one year
Cash and deposits
Total current assets

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Total current liabilities
Net current assets
Net assets

Equity
Share capital
Share premium
Merger reserve
Capital redemption reserve
Retained earnings
Shareholders’ funds

Note

2019
£m

2018
£m

C

D

E

344.0

459.8

94.0
0.1
94.1

(18.8)
(18.8)
75.3
419.3

10.4
238.0
60.3
4.4
106.2
419.3

14.4
3.2
17.6

(17.1)
(17.1)
0.5
460.3

7.3
166.5
60.3
4.4
221.8
460.3

The loss for the year attributable to equity shareholders was £104.0 million (2018: £22.3 million profit).

These financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors, authorised for issue and signed on their behalf on 16 April 2020 by:

Lawrence Hutchings 
Chief Executive 

Stuart Wetherly
Group Finance Director

122

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   122

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:48

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcFINANCIALS 
 
 
Statement of changes in equity

For the year to 30 December 2019

Non-distributable

Distributable

Share
capital
£m

Share
Premium
£m

Capital 
redemption
reserve
£m

Retained
earnings
£m

Retained
earnings
£m

Merger
reserve
£m

Balance at 30 December 2017
Retained profit for the year
Total comprehensive income for the year
Dividends paid, net of Scrip
Shares issued, net of costs
Balance at 30 December 2018
Retained loss for the year
Total comprehensive loss for the year
Dividends paid, net of Scrip
Shares issued, net of costs
Balance at 30 December 2019

7.2
–
–
–
0.1
7.3
–
–
–
3.1
10.4

163.3
–
–
–
3.2
166.5
–
–
–
71.5
238.0

4.4
–
–
–
–
4.4
–
–
–
–
4.4

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

226.3
22.3
22.3
(23.5)
(3.3)
221.8
(104.0)
(104.0)
(11.6)
–
106.2

60.3
–
–
–
–
60.3
–
–
–
–
60.3

Total
£m

461.5
22.3
22.3
(23.5)
–
460.3
(104.0)
(104.0)
(11.6)
74.6
419.3

The Company’s authorised, issued and fully paid-up share capital is described in Note 19 to the Group financial statements. The 
Company’s dividends are as described in Note 32 to the Group financial statements. The other reserves are described in the consolidated 
statement of changes in equity in the Group financial statements. 

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   123

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

123

06/05/2020   10:50:48

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALFINANCIALS 
Notes to the Company’s separate  
financial statements

For the year ended 30 December 2019

A ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The Company’s separate financial statements for the year ended 30 December 2019 are prepared in accordance with Financial Reporting 
Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework (FRS 101) and in accordance with applicable accounting standards. The main accounting 
policies have been applied consistently in the current year and the preceding year. The following new or revised accounting standards 
are applicable for the first time in the year ended 30 December 2019:

 − IFRS 15 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”
 − IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments”

IFRS 15 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”
The Company adopted IFRS 15 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” on 31 December 2018. Prior to its adoption, the Company 
completed a review of the requirements of IFRS 15 against its current accounting policies. The Company concluded that there was no 
material change in the amounts and timing of revenue recognised following the adoption of the standard and no transition adjustments 
have been made. 

IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments”
The adoption has not had a material impact on the recognition and measurement of income and costs or of assets and liabilities. An 
expected credit loss model has been applied to receivables from subsidiaries at 30 December 2019 based on actual losses experienced 
over the past two years. The Directors have assessed the impact to be immaterial. The changes in accounting policies resulting from the 
adoption of IFRS 9 have been applied retrospectively.

As permitted by FRS 101, the Company has taken advantage of the disclosure exemptions available under that standard in relation 
to business combinations, share-based payments, non-current assets held for sale, financial instruments, capital management, 
presentation of comparative information in respect of certain assets, presentation of a cash flow statement, impairment of assets and 
related party transactions.

The Company’s financial statements are presented in pounds sterling.

Trade payables are carried at fair value, with any gains or losses arising on remeasurement recognised in the income statement.

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into sterling at exchange rates approximating to the exchange rate ruling at the date of 
the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are translated to sterling at 
the exchange rate ruling at that date and differences arising on translation are recognised in the income statement.

The Company’s related party transactions are described in Note 30 to the Group financial statements. Except for the Directors, the 
Company had no direct employees during the year (2018: none). Information on the Directors’ emoluments, share options, long-term 
incentive schemes and pension contributions is shown in the Directors’ Remuneration Report. Further disclosures regarding the nature 
of the share-based payment schemes operated by the Group are included in Note 20 to the Group’s financial statements.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty
The preparation of financial statements requires the Directors to make estimates that may affect the reported amounts of assets and 
liabilities, income and expenses. The following are the key sources of estimation uncertainty that have the most significant effect on the 
amounts recognised in the financial statements: 

Impairment of investments and intercompany receivables
Investments, amounts owed by subsidiaries and amounts owed by associates and joint ventures are stated at cost less provision for 
impairment. Where there is an indication that an investment is impaired, an impairment review is carried out by comparing the carrying 
value of the investment against its recoverable amount, which is the higher of its estimated value in use and fair value. This review 
involves accounting judgements about the future cash flows from the underlying associates and joint ventures and, in the case of CRPM, 
estimated asset management fee income less estimated fixed and variable expenses.

B PROFIT FOR THE YEAR
As permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the profit and loss account of the Company is not presented as part of these 
financial statements. 

The fees payable to the Company’s Auditor for the audit of the Company and Group financial statements are disclosed in Note 6 to the 
Group financial statements.

124

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   124

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:48

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcFINANCIALSC FIXED ASSET INVESTMENTS

Cost
At the start of the year
Additions
Disposals
At the end of the year
Impairment
At the start of the year
Impairment of investments
At the end of the year
Carrying value
At the end of the year

Subsidiaries
£m

Other 
investments 
£m

1,161.4
–
–
1,161.4

(702.6)
(115.8)
(818.4)

13.9
–
–
13.9

(12.9)
–
(12.9)

Total
£m

1,175.3
–
–
1,175.3

(715.5)
(115.8)
(831.3)

343.0

1.0

344.0

Investments are subject to an impairment review using discount rates in the range of 8.5% and 9.5%. 

Note F shows the subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures held by the Group and the Company. 

D RECEIVABLES

Amounts falling due within one year

Amounts owed by subsidiaries
Other receivables

2019
£m

94.0
–
94.0

2018
£m

14.1
0.3
14.4

Amounts owed by subsidiary companies are unsecured and repayable on demand. Interest is charged at 3.5% above Bank of England 
base rate per annum.

E TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Amounts falling due within one year

Amounts owed to subsidiaries
Trade payables
Taxation and social security
Accruals and deferred income

2019
£m

14.5
0.3
0.1
3.9
18.8

2018
£m

14.0
–
–
3.1
17.1

Amounts owed to subsidiary companies are unsecured and repayable on demand. Interest is charged at 3.5% above Bank of England 
base rate per annum.

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   125

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

125

06/05/2020   10:50:48

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALFINANCIALS 
 
Notes to the Company's separate 
financial statements

Continued

F SUBSIDIARIES AT 30 DECEMBER 2019

Subsidiaries
Capital & Regional (Europe Holding 5) Limited 2
Capital & Regional (Jersey) Limited 2
Capital & Regional (Mall GP) Limited
Capital & Regional (Projects) Limited
Capital & Regional (Shopping Centres) Limited 2
Capital & Regional Earnings Limited
Capital & Regional Holdings Limited
Capital & Regional Ilford Limited 2
C&R Ilford Limited Partnership
C&R Ilford Nominee 1 Limited
C&R Ilford Nominee 2 Limited
C&R Ilford (General Partner) Limited
Capital & Regional Income Limited 1,3
Capital & Regional Property Management Limited
Green-Sinfield Limited
Lancaster Court (Hove) Limited
Lower Grosvenor Place London One Limited

Nature of
business

Country of
incorporation

Share of
voting
rights

Property investment
Property investment
Property investment
Property investment
Property investment
Property investment
Property investment
Property investment 
Property investment
Dormant
Dormant
Property investment 
Property investment
Property management
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant

Jersey
Jersey
Great Britain
Great Britain
Jersey
Great Britain
Great Britain
Jersey
Great Britain
Great Britain
Great Britain
Great Britain
Great Britain
Great Britain
Great Britain
Great Britain
Great Britain

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

1 In liquidation/being dissolved.

2 Registered office at 47 The Esplanade, St Helier, Jersey, JE1 0BD.

3 Registered office at Griffins, Tavistock House South, Tavistock Square, London, WC1H 9LG.

126

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   126

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:48

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcFINANCIALS 
F SUBSIDIARIES AT 30 DECEMBER 2019 CONTINUED

Subsidiaries (continued)
Mall Nominee One Limited
Mall Nominee Two Limited
Mall Nominee Three Limited
Mall Nominee Four Limited
Mall People Limited
Mall Ventures Limited
Marlowes Hemel Limited 2
MB Roding (Guernsey) Limited 4
Selborne One Limited
Selborne Two Limited 
Selborne Walthamstow Limited 2
Snozone Holdings Limited
Snozone Leisure Limited 
Snozone Limited
The Mall (General Partner) Limited
The Mall (Luton) (General Partner) Limited
The Mall Limited Partnership
The Mall (Luton) Limited Partnership
The Mall REIT Limited 
The Mall Shopping Centres Limited
The Mall Unit Trust 2
The Mall Walthamstow One Limited
The Mall Walthamstow Two Limited
Wood Green London Limited 2
Wood Green One Limited
Wood Green Two Limited

Principal associate entities
Euro B-Note Holding Limited 2

1 In liquidation/being dissolved.

Nature of
business

Country of
incorporation

Share of
voting
rights

Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Property management
Dormant
Property investment
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Operator of indoor ski slopes
Operator of indoor ski slopes
Operator of indoor ski slopes
Property investment
Property investment
Property investment
Property investment
Dormant
Dormant
Property investment
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant

Great Britain
Great Britain
Great Britain
Great Britain
Great Britain
Great Britain
Jersey
Guernsey
Great Britain
Great Britain
Jersey
Great Britain
Great Britain
Great Britain
Great Britain
Great Britain
Great Britain
Great Britain
Great Britain
Great Britain
Jersey
Great Britain
Great Britain
Jersey
Great Britain
Great Britain

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

Finance

Jersey

39.90%

2 Registered office at 47 The Esplanade, St Helier, Jersey, JE1 0BD.

3 Registered office at Griffins, Tavistock House South, Tavistock Square, London, WC1H 9LG.

4 Registered office at PO Box 186, Royal Chambers, St Julian’s Avenue, St Peter Port, Guernsey, GY1 4HP.

The registered office of all subsidiaries, unless otherwise noted, is 22 Chapter Street, London, SW1P 4NP.

The shares of voting rights are equivalent to the percentages of ordinary shares or units held directly or indirectly by the Group. 

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   127

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

127

06/05/2020   10:50:49

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALFINANCIALS 
Glossary of terms

Adjusted Profit is the total of Contribution from wholly-owned 
assets and the Group’s joint ventures and associates, the profit 
from Snozone and property management fees less central costs 
(including interest but excluding non-cash charges in respect 
of share-based payments) after tax. Adjusted Profit excludes 
revaluation of properties, profit or loss on disposal of properties 
or investments, gains or losses on financial instruments and 
exceptional one-off items. Results from Discontinued Operations 
are included up until the point of disposal or reclassification as 
held for sale.

Adjusted Earnings per share is Adjusted Profit divided by the 
weighted average number of shares in issue during the year 
excluding own shares held.

C&R is Capital & Regional plc, also referred to as the Group or 
the Company.

C&R Trade index is an internal retail tracker using data from 
approximately 300 retail units across C&R’s shopping centre 
portfolio.

CRPM is Capital & Regional Property Management Limited, a 
subsidiary of Capital & Regional plc, which earns management and 
performance fees from the Mall assets and certain associates and 
joint ventures of the Group.

Capital return is the change in market value during the year for 
properties held at the balance sheet date, after taking account of 
capital expenditure calculated on a time weighted basis.  

Contracted rent is passing rent and the first rent reserved under 
a lease or unconditional agreement for lease but which is not yet 
payable by a tenant.

Contribution is net rent less net interest, including unhedged 
foreign exchange movements.

Debt is borrowings, excluding unamortised issue costs.

EPRA earnings per share (EPS) is the profit/(loss) after tax 
excluding gains on asset disposals and revaluations, movements 
in the fair value of financial instruments, intangible asset 
movements and the capital allowance effects of IAS 12 “Income 
Taxes” where applicable, less tax arising on these items, divided by 
the weighted average number of shares in issue during the year 
excluding own shares held.

EPRA net assets per share include the dilutive effect of 
share-based payments but ignore the fair value of derivatives, 
any deferred tax provisions on unrealised gains and capital 
allowances, any adjustment to the fair value of borrowings net of 
tax and any surplus on the fair value of trading properties.

EPRA triple net assets per share include the dilutive effect 
of share-based payments and adjust all items to market value, 
including trading properties and fixed rate debt.

ERV growth is the total growth in ERV on properties owned 
throughout the year including growth due to development.

Estimated rental value (ERV) is the Group’s external valuers’ 
opinion as to the open market rent which, on the date of 
valuation, could reasonably be expected to be obtained on a new 
letting or rent review of a unit or property.

128

Gearing is the Group’s debt as a percentage of net assets. 
See-through gearing includes the Group’s share of non-recourse 
debt in associates and joint ventures.

Interest cover is the ratio of Adjusted Profit (before interest, 
tax, depreciation and amortisation) to the interest charge 
(excluding amortisation of finance costs and notional interest on 
head leases).

Like-for-like figures, unless otherwise stated, exclude the impact 
of property purchases and sales on year to year comparatives.

Loan to value (LTV) is the ratio of debt excluding fair value 
adjustments for debt and derivatives, to the Market value of 
properties.

Market value is an opinion of the best price at which the sale 
of an interest in a property would complete unconditionally for 
cash consideration on the date of valuation as determined by 
the Group’s external or internal valuers. In accordance with usual 
practice, the valuers report valuations net, after the deduction of 
the prospective purchaser’s costs, including stamp duty, agent and 
legal fees.

Net Administrative Expenses to Gross Rent is the ratio of 
Administrative Expenses net of external fee income to Gross 
Rental income including the Group’s share of Joint Ventures 
and Associates. 

Net assets per share (NAV per share) are shareholders’ funds 
divided by the number of shares held by shareholders at the year 
end, excluding own shares held.

Net debt to property value is debt less cash and cash 
equivalents divided by the property value.

Net initial yield (NIY) is the annualised current rent, net of 
revenue costs, topped-up for contractual uplifts, expressed 
as a percentage of the capital valuation, after adding notional 
purchaser’s costs.

Net interest is the Group’s share, on a see-through basis, of 
the interest payable less interest receivable of the Group and its 
associates and joint ventures.

Net rent or Net rental income (NRI) is the Group’s share of the 
rental income, less property and management costs (excluding 
performance fees) of the Group.

Nominal equivalent yield is a weighted average of the net initial 
yield and reversionary yield and represents the return a property 
will produce based upon the timing of the income received, 
assuming rent is received annually in arrears on gross values 
including the prospective purchaser’s costs.

Occupancy cost ratio is the proportion of a retailer’s sales 
compared with the total cost of occupation being: rent, business 
rates, service charge and insurance. Retailer sales are based 
on estimates by third party consultants which are periodically 
updated and indexed using relevant data from the C&R Trade 
Index.

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   128

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:49

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcFINANCIALSOccupancy rate is the ERV of occupied properties expressed 
as a percentage of the total ERV of the portfolio, excluding 
development voids.

Passing rent is gross rent currently payable by tenants 
including car park profit but excluding income from non-trading 
administrations and any assumed uplift from outstanding rent 
reviews.

Rent to sales ratio is Contracted rent excluding car park income, 
ancillary income and anchor stores expressed as a percentage of 
net sales.

REIT – Real Estate Investment Trust.

Return on equity is the total return, including revaluation 
gains and losses, divided by opening equity plus time weighted 
additions to and reductions in share capital, excluding share 
options exercised.

Reversionary percentage is the percentage by which the ERV 
exceeds the passing rent.

Reversionary yield is the anticipated yield to which the net initial 
yield will rise once the rent reaches the ERV.

Temporary lettings are those lettings for one year or less.

Total property return incorporates net rental income and capital 
return expressed as a percentage of the capital value employed 
(opening market value plus capital expenditure) calculated on a 
time weighted basis.

Total return is the Group’s total recognised income or expense 
for the year as set out in the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income expressed as a percentage of opening 
equity shareholders’ funds.

Total shareholder return (TSR) is a performance measure of the 
Group’s share price over time. It is calculated as the share price 
movement from the beginning of the year to the end of the year 
plus dividends paid, divided by share price at the beginning of the 
year.

Variable overhead includes discretionary bonuses and the costs 
of awards to Directors and employees made under the 2008 LTIP 
and other share schemes which are spread over the performance 
period.

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   129

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

129

06/05/2020   10:50:49

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALFINANCIALSFive year review (unaudited)

Balance sheet
Property assets
Other non-current assets
Investment in joint ventures
Investment in associates
Cash at bank
Assets classified as held for sale
Other net current (liabilities)/assets
Bank loans greater than one year
Other non-current liabilities
Net assets
Financed by
Called-up share capital
Share premium account
Other reserves
Retained earnings 
Capital employed
Return on equity 
Return on equity
(Decrease)/increase in NAV per share + dividend
Total shareholder return
Year end share price
Total return
Total comprehensive (expense)/income
Net assets per share
   Basic net assets per share
   EPRA triple net assets per share
   EPRA net assets per share
Gearing
Income statement
Group revenue
Gross profit
(Loss)/profit on ordinary activities before financing
Net interest payable
(Loss)/profit before tax
Tax (charge)/credit
(Loss)/profit after tax
Adjusted Profit
Adjusted Earnings per share
Interest cover
Earnings per share
   Basic
   Diluted
   EPRA
Dividends per share1

2019
£m

770.9
18.1
–
–
95.9
–
(20.3)
(422.8)
(66.7)
375.1

10.4
238.0
64.7
62.0
375.1

2018
£m

898.2
21.3
–
–
32.0
–
(21.8)
(432.9)
(63.8)
433.0

7.3
166.5
64.7
194.5
433.0

(27.7)%
(37.2)%
(2.0)%
25.4p

(5.3)%
(5.5)%
(46.5)%
27.6p

2017
£m

930.6
18.1
–
7.4
30.2
–
(17.4)
(422.2)
(65.3)
481.4

7.2
163.3
64.6
246.3
481.4

4.7%
3.7%
12.7%

59p

2016
£m

838.5
17.1
–
13.9
49.1
13.9
(362.9)
(26.2)
(65.8)
477.6

7.0
158.2
64.3
248.1
477.6

(0.9)%
(0.8)%
(12.3)%
55p

2015
£m

870.0
18.1
11.7
15.9
49.9
–
(20.0)
(374.9)
(67.5)
503.2

7.0
157.2
64.1
274.9
503.2

23.5%
23.2%
29.8%
66p

(121.0)

(25.6)

22.4

(4.4)

98.4

36p
36p
36p
114%

89.0
53.6
(97.5)
(23.5)
(121.0)
–
(121.0)
27.4

3.7p
3.2

(16.2)p
(16.2)p
(3.5)p
21.0p

60p
59p
59p
101%

91.0
56.1
(9.7)
(15.8)
(25.5)
(0.1)
(25.6)
30.5

4.2p
3.4

(3.5)p
(3.5)p
4.0p
2.42p

67p
66p
67p
89%

89.2
55.7
40.0
(17.6)
22.4
–
22.4
29.1

4.1p
3.2

3.2p
3.1p
3.9p
3.64p

68p
67p
68p
76%

87.2
54.7
28.1
(32.6) 
(4.5)
0.1
(4.4)
26.8

3.8p
3.1

(1)p
(1)p
4p
3.39p

72p
70p
71p
76%

80.7
51.6
116.8
(19.2)
97.6
–
97.6
24.0

3.4p
3.0

14p
14p
3p
3.12p

1 Interim dividend per share has been amended to reflect the share consolidation subsequent to year end.

130

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   130

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:49

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcFINANCIALS 
Covenant information (unaudited)

Wholly owned assets

Borrowings
£m

Covenant1

30 December
2019

Future changes

Core revolving credit facility
Net Assets
Gearing
Historic interest cover

- No less than £250m
No greater than 1.6:1
No less than 200%

£375.1m
0.9:1
366.9%

Four Mall assets
Loan to value2
Historic interest cover
A projected interest cover test also applies at a covenant level of no less than 150%

265.0 No greater than 70% 
No less than 175%

56.8%
285.7%

Luton
Loan to value2

96.5 No greater than 80%

64.9%

Covenant, 70% from 1 October 
2020, 65% from January 2022

Debt yield
Historic interest cover
A projected interest cover test also applies at a covenant level of no less than 200%

No less than 8%
No less than 250%

11.5%
371.7%

Hemel Hempstead
Loan to Gross Development Value2,3
Historic interest cover

26.9 No greater than 60%
No less than 200%

43.0%
276.0%

Ilford
Loan to value2
Historic interest cover
A projected interest cover test also applies at a covenant level of no less than 225%

39.0 No greater than 70%
No less than 225%

50.4%
399.6%

1 Covenants quoted are the default covenant levels. The facilities typically also have cash trap mechanisms.

2 Calculated as specified in loan agreement based on 30 December 2019 valuation. Actual bank covenant based on bank valuation updated periodically.

3  Based on loan with £7 million development facility completed on 13 March 2019. Covenant assessed on current loan drawn to projected Gross 

Development Value of scheme with leisure development.

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   131

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

131

06/05/2020   10:50:49

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALFINANCIALSWholly-owned assets portfolio 
information (unaudited)

At 30 December 2019

Physical data
Number of properties
Number of lettable units
Size (sq ft – million)

Valuation data
Properties at independent valuation (£m)
Adjustments for head leases and tenant incentives (£m)
Properties as shown in the financial statements (£m)
Revaluation loss in the year (£m)
Initial yield
Equivalent yield
Reversion
Loan to value ratio
Net debt to value ratio

Lease length (years)
Weighted average lease length to break
Weighted average lease length to expiry

Passing rent (£m) of leases expiring in:
2020
2021
2022-2024

ERV (£m) of leases expiring in:
2020
2021
2022-2024

Passing rent (£m) subject to review in:
2020
2021
2022-2024

ERV (£m) of passing rent subject to review in:
2020
2021
2022-2024

Rental Data
Contracted rent (£m)
Passing rent (£m)
ERV (£m per annum)
ERV movement (like-for-like)
Occupancy

132

7
757
3.5

727.1
43.8
770.9
138.6

6.9%
7.6%
10.2%
58.8%
46.3%

5.7
6.9

8.6
5.5
13.8

9.5
6.4
13.6

3.9
3.3
8.0

4.6
3.4
9.0

60.8
58.8
64.8
(3.7)%
97.2%

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   132

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:49

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcFINANCIALSEPRA performance measures 
(unaudited)

At 30 December 2019

EPRA earnings (£m)
EPRA earnings per share (diluted)1

EPRA net assets (£m)
EPRA net assets per share1

EPRA triple net assets (£m)
EPRA triple net assets per share1

Note

9a
9a

24
24

24
24

2019

26.4
3.5p

378.6
36.4p

370.7
35.6p

2018

28.7
4.0p

431.7
59.1p

433.5
59.3p

EPRA vacancy rate (UK portfolio only)

2.8%

2.4%

1  Per share amounts are unadjusted for the impact of the 10 for 1 share consolidation that completed on 15 January 2020. A multiple of ten needs to be 

applied to calculate the equivalent values.

EPRA net initial yield and EPRA topped-up net initial yield
Investment property – wholly-owned 
Investment property – Kingfisher, Redditch
Less developments 
Completed property portfolio 
Allowance for capital costs
Allowance for estimated purchasers’ costs
Grossed up completed property portfolio valuation

Annualised cash passing rental income
Property outgoings
Annualised net rents
Add: notional rent expiration of rent free periods or other lease incentives
Topped-up annualised rent

EPRA net initial yield
EPRA topped-up net initial yield

EPRA Cost ratios
Cost of sales (adjusted for IFRS head lease differential)
Administrative costs
Service charge income
Management fees 
Snozone (indoor ski operation) costs
Share of joint venture & associate expenses
Less inclusive lease costs recovered through rent
EPRA costs (including direct vacancy costs)
Direct vacancy costs
EPRA costs (excluding direct vacancy costs)

Gross rental income
Less ground rent costs
Share of joint venture & associate gross rental income less ground rent costs
Less inclusive lease costs recovered through rent
Gross rental income

2019
£m

727.1
–
–
727.1
(8.7)
48.0
766.4

62.9
(12.8)
50.1
2.0
52.1

6.5%
6.8%

2019
£m

36.0
8.8
(14.6)
(0.8)
(9.0)
–
(2.0)
18.4
(3.3)
15.1

63.0
(2.8)
–
(2.0)
58.2

2018
£m

855.2
23.7
–
878.9
(6.2)
57.9
930.6

66.7
(11.9)
54.8
2.1
56.9

5.9%
6.1%

2018
£m

35.4
9.2
(14.7)
(0.9)
(8.9)
0.7
(2.5)
18.3
(2.8)
15.5

65.0
(2.9)
2.2
(2.5)
61.8

EPRA cost ratio (including direct vacancy costs)
EPRA cost ratio (excluding vacancy costs)

31.6%
25.9%

29.6%
25.1%

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   133

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

133

06/05/2020   10:50:50

Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2019Stock Code: CALFINANCIALSAdvisers and corporate information

AUDITOR

Deloitte LLP
Statutory Auditor
2 New Street Square
London EC4A 3BZ

PRINCIPAL VALUERS

CBRE Limited
Kingsley House
1a Wimpole Street
London W1G 0RE

INVESTMENT BANKERS/BROKERS

JP Morgan Cazenove
25 Bank Street
Canary Wharf
London E14 5JP

Numis Securities Limited
The London Stock Exchange Building
10 Paternoster Square
London EC4M 7LT

PRINCIPAL LEGAL ADVISERS

CMS Cameron McKenna Nabarro Olswang LLP
Cannon Place 
78 Cannon Street 
London EC4N 6AF 

PRINCIPAL LENDING BANKERS

Royal Bank of Scotland plc
250 Bishopsgate
London EC2M 4AA

REGISTERED OFFICE

22 Chapter Street
London SW1P 4NP
Telephone: +44 (0)20 7932 8000
capreg.com

Knight Frank LLP
55 Baker Street
London W1U 8AN

Java Capital Trustees and Sponsors Proprietary Limited
(JSE sponsor)
6A Sandown Valley Crescent 
Sandown, Sandton 2196
South Africa

REGISTERED NUMBER

01399411

Shareholder information

REGISTRARS

Equiniti Limited (LSE)
Aspect House
Spencer Road
Lancing
West Sussex
BN99 6DA
Telephone: 0371 384 2438*
International dialling: +44 (0)121 415 7047

Link Market Services South Africa Proprietary Limited 
(South African Transfer Secretaries)
PO Box 4844
Johannesburg, 2000
South Africa
Helpline Number:
011 713 0800 (SA callers)
+27 11 713 0800 (if calling from outside South Africa)
info@linkmarketservices.co.za

* Lines open 08:30 - 17:30, Monday to Friday, excluding bank holidays in England and Wales.  

134

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   134

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:50

27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

capreg.comCapital & Regional plcFINANCIALS27188 

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   1

27188 
27188 
27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8
  Proof 8
  Proof 8

06/05/2020   10:50:50

C
a
p
i
t
a
l

&
R
e
g
o
n
a
l

i

p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a

l

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

f
o
r

t
h
e
y
e
a
r
e
n
d
e
d
3
0
D
e
c
e
m
b
e
r
2
0
1
9

S
t
o
c
k
C
o
d
e

:

C
A
L

06/05/2020   10:49:06

27188 

27188 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8

CAPITAL & REGIONAL PLC 
22 Chapter Street 
London SW1P 4NP

Tel: +44 (0)20 7932 8000

CAPREG.COM

27188-Capital-and-regional-AR2019.indd   3

27188 

27188 
  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  6 May 2020 10:47 am 

  Proof 8

  Proof 8